IISD Publications Centre
All Publications by Title
Publications count: 773
4 Steps for Targeted Coherence: A Modular Approach- Year: 2008
- Author: Adil Najam, Miquel Muñoz
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 6
This paper outlines a set of practical proposals to enhance inter-agency coherence on environmental issues. In particular, it seeks to identify ways in which the UN Environmental Management Group (EMG) can be reformed to increase the coherence of the global environmental governance (GEG) system. The steps suggested in this paper are politically doable and worth doing, in that they will improve institutional coherence for improved global environmental governance.
This briefing paper is an output of the "Mapping Global Environmental Governance Reform" project of the International Institute for Sustainable Development (IISD). The initiative was conceived of and funded by the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Government of Denmark.
ABS-Management Tool: Best Practice Standard and Handbook for Implementing Genetic Resource Access and Benefit-sharing Activities- Year: 2007
- Author: IISD, Stratos, Cabrera
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: SECO
- Number of pages: 88
The ABS-Management Tool (ABS-MT) is a best practice standard and a handbook that provides guidance and tools on ABS practice to help companies, researchers, local and indigenous communities, and governments ensure compliance with the Bonn Guidelines and ABS requirements under the Convention on Biological Diversity. It provides users and providers of genetic resources with a structured process for participating in—and making decisions about—ABS negotiations and the implementation of ABS agreements for access to and agreed use of genetic resources.
Volume 1 provides the reader with an overview of ABS and the relevance of the ABS-MT for users and providers of genetic resources. It includes the Best Practice Standard and advice on key management processes to support its implementation.
Volume 2 provides the reader with Good Practice Guidance for ABS processes, Supporting Tools to apply specific aspects of the ABS practice, and three case studies to provide additional information on applying the ABS-MT, and highlighting lessons learned from field tests of the ABS-MT and other ABS processes.
Achieving Global Sustainability: A role for the Internet Governance Forum- Year: 2008
- Author: Heather Creech
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
In this IISD Commentary, Heather Creech, Director of Global Connectivity, suggests that the Internet Governance Forum (IGF) needs to move beyond immediate issues like technical infrastructure, rights and privacy to a discussion about
why these issues need to be resolved. "What happens if we, in this room, don’t get it right?," she asks of her colleagues at the IGF in Hyderabad, India, in December 2008.
Action Plan: Protecting the Environment and Reducing Canada's Deficit- Year: 1994
- Author: Alexander Gillies
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 39
- ISBN: 1-895536-18-9
This
Action Plan For Protecting The Environment and Reducing Canada's Deficit was prepared as a discussion paper for consideration by governments and concerned citizens alike. The report highlights what we believe to be a reasonable approach which could demonstrate significant results.
Adapting to a Changing Climate- Year: 2007
- Author: David Runnalls
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
By David Runnalls, speech to the Green Leaders Conference, Winnipeg, October 2007 "Adapting to climate change is critical to the long-term development of Manitoba. If we bring consideration of the implication of climate change into our decision-making processes today, we are less likely to be surprised in the future. If we don't, there is great potential for us to take actions that increase the likelihood of economic decline and loss of life in the future. To avoid this situation, action is needed by all Manitobans."
Adaptive Policies: Guidance for Designing Policies in Today’s Complex, Dynamic and Uncertain World- Year: 2007
- Author:
- Format: Outreach
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Governments today are faced with a difficult task. They need to design policies that not only address the environmental, economic and social needs of today but also policy that is flexible enough to quickly adapt to our rapidly changing world. Traditional policy was designed to provide strict rules and guidelines. But our new world requires a new way of addressing complex and dynamic change.
Adaptive policy is designed to help policy-makers help people. Crafting policy that can quickly adapt to a range of anticipated and unanticipated conditions is the goal.
IISD and The Energy and Resources Institute (TERI) India are working on a four-year research project on adaptive policy-making with funds provided by the International Development Research Centre (IDRC). The book,
Adaptive Policies Guidebook, will be published in 2008.
Adaptive Strategies and Sustainable Livelihoods: Community Studies - Burkina Faso- Year: 1991
- Author: Naresh Singh, Perpetua Kalala
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 25
This report brings together the community and policy level aspects of the study, i.e., the livelihood systems of the village communities of Noungou and Mengou, the environmental and socio-political challenges on their livelihood systmes, the adaptive strategies which have evolved in the face of these stresses, the indicators of sustainable livelihoods, as well as the main policies and institutuional arrangements which have impacted the evolution and implementation of these adaptive strategies in Burkina Faso. Clearly, the effectiveness of policy depends on local reponses, often embodied in the communities' adaptive strategies.
Adaptive Strategies and Sustainable Livelihoods: Community Studies - Ethiopia- Year: 1991
- Author: Naresh Singh, Perpetua Kalala
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 51
This report focuses on the community-level aspects of study, i.e., the livelihood systems of the Boran and Afar in southern and notrh-eastern Ethiopia, the environmental and socio-political stresses on these livelihood systems, the adaptive strategies which have evolved in the face of these stresses, their relationship with sustainable livelihoods and finally, the local indicators of sustainable livelihoods in the two communities. The report also discusses the main policies and institutional arrangements that have impacted the evolution and implementation of these adaptive strategies in Ethiopia. Clearly, the effectiveness of policy depends on local responses, often embodied in the communities' adaptive strategies.
Adaptive Strategies and Sustainable Livelihoods: Community Studies - Kenya- Year: 1991
- Author: Naresh Singh, Perpetua Kalala
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 63
This report focuses on the community-level aspects of the study, i.e., the livelihood system of the Kitengela-Maasai and Tigania-Meru communities; the environmental and socio-political stresses on these livelihood systems, the adaptive strategies which have evolved in the face of these stresses, their relationship with sustainable livelihoods and finally, the local indicators of sustainable livelihoods in the two communities.
Adaptive Strategies and Sustainable Livelihoods: Community Studies - South Africa- Year: 1991
- Author: Naresh Singh, Perpetua Kalala
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 166
A study on adaptive strategies and sustainable livelihoods was conducted by a multidisciplinary team of volunteer researchers from WRF.
Adaptive Strategies and Sustainable Livelihoods: Community Studies - Zimbabwe- Year: 1991
- Author: Naresh Singh, Perpetua Kalala
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 111
This report focuses on the community-level aspects of the study, i.e, the livelihood systems of Makaha and Mlambaphele in the Muszi and Gwanda districts, respectivley, of Zimbabwe; the environmental and socio-political stresses; their relationship with sustainable livelihoods; and finally, the local indicators of sustainable livelihoods in the two communities. The report also discusses the main policies and institutional arrangements that have impacted the evolution and implementation of these adaptive strategies in Zimbabwe. Clearly, the effectiveness of policy depends on local responses, which are often embodied in the communities' adaptive strategies.
Adaptive Strategies and Sustainable Livelihoods: Policy Issues - Ethiopia- Year: 1991
- Author: Naresh Singh, Perpetua Kalala
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 46
This report should be of interest to those who are searching for lessons about the way in which two communities living in an extremely fragile environment operationalize sustainable livelihoods. Thus it should be of interest to local governments in communities similar to those of the Boran and Afar. It should also be of interest to those who design policies which depend on the local responses of agri-pastoralists, not only in Ethiopia, but indeed in all arid and semi-arid zones. This included local and national policy-makers, as well as international donor agencies, especially in the wake of the UN desertification convention when more attention is being paid to resolving the problems confronting the inhabitants of areas with low precipitation.
Adaptive Strategies and Sustainable Livelihoods: Policy Issues - Burkina Faso- Year: 1991
- Author: Naresh Singh, Perpetua Kalala
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 15
This report focuses on the policy-level aspects of the study, i.e., the main policies and institutional arrangements that have impacted the evolution and implementation of adaptive strategies in the villages of Noungou and Menegou. Clearly, the effectiveness of policy depends on local responses, often embodied in the communities' adaptive strategies.
Adaptive Strategies and Sustainable Livelihoods: Policy Issues - Kenya- Year: 1991
- Author: Naresh Singh, Perpetua Kalala
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 53
This document focuses on the policy aspects of the study for the Kenya case study. There are five such documents, one for each participating country. They serve the critical role of articulating the policy findings in relation to the mircro-level findings, a necessary factor in arriving at a full appreciation of adaptive strategies as a potential tool for the policy-assisted enhancement of sustainable livelihoods.
The studies were conducted at the same time and in a similar manner to those in four other Arican counties; Zimbabwe, Burkina Faso, South Africa and Ethiopia. For each study site, a community report, a policy document, and a synthesis document which distills the main links between the community and policy findings were prepared. The interested reader would certainly benefit from the breadth and depth of the various case studies.
Adaptive Strategies and Sustainable Livelihoods: Policy Issues - Zimbabwe- Year: 1991
- Author: Naresh Singh, Perpetua Kalala
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 42
This report focuses on the policy-level aspects of the study, discussing the main policies and institutional arrangements that have impacted the evolution and implementation of these adaptive strategies in Zimbabwe. It also presents summaries of the key community-level findings, i.e., the livelihood systems of Makaha and Mlambaphele in the Mudzi and Gwanda districts, respectively, of Zimbabwe; the environment and socio-political stresses on these livelihood systems; the adaptive strategies that have evolved in the face of these stresses; their relationship with sustainable livelihoods; and finally, the local indicators of sustainable livelihoods in the two communities.
Adaptive Strategies of the Poor in Arid and Semi-Arid Lands: In Search of Sustainable Livelihoods- Year: 1994
- Author: Vangile Titi, Naresh Singh
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 31
Scopes selected literature on coping and adaptive strategies in arid and semi-arid lands. Selectively looks at literature that addresses adaptive stategies as "normal" responses over time to social, political, economic and ecological change.
Addressing Land Ownership after Natural Disasters - An Agency Survey- Year: 2006
- Author: Oli Brown, Alec Crawford
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 16
The final results of a survey of humanitarian professionals which gathered opinions and experiences on how best to tackle issues of land ownership after natural disasters.
The Adoption of Transgenic Crops in Argentine Agriculture: An Open-ended Story - Full Report- Year: 2004
- Author: Eduardo Trigo, Adres Lopez, Daniel Chudnovsky, Eugenio Cap
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 109
This study looks at the impacts, mostly in terms of economic effects, but
also to some extent looking at social and environmental effects, of
Argentina's unprecedented mass adoption of genetically modified soy. It
also examines the regulatory system in Argentina for approval of such
crops, assessing its strengths and weaknesses.
The Adoption of Transgenic Crops in Argentine Agriculture: An Open-ended Story - Summary- Year: 2003
- Author: Eduardo Trigo, Adres Lopez, Daniel Chudnovsky, Eugenio Cap
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 18
This study looks at the impacts, mostly in terms of economic effects, but
also to some extent looking at social and environmental effects, of
Argentina's unprecedented mass adoption of genetically modified soy. It
also examines the regulatory system in Argentina for approval of such
crops, assessing its strengths and weaknesses.
Advancing Sustainable Development in Canada: Policy issues and research needs- Year: 2003
- Author: Stephan Barg, Aaron Cosbey, Heather Creech, William H. Glanville, Marlene Roy, Darren A. Swanson, Henry David Venema, Konrad von Moltke
- Format: Book
- Publisher: Policy Research Initiative, Privy Council Office, Government of Canada
- Copyright: Policy Research Initiative, Privy Council Office, Government of Canada
- Number of pages: 83
- ISBN: 0-662-67783-8
In March 2003, the Government of Canada's Policy Research Initiative (PRI) commissioned the International Institute for Sustainable Development to write this paper on the core sustainable development issues that go beyond climate change. The seven key SD issues facing Canada explored in this paper are: the need to bring about changes in the way cities are designed and planned; improving the quality and management of Canada's freshwater resources; engaging in cross-jurisdictional, eco-region level decision-making; understanding the impacts of globalization on sustainable development in Canada; designing signals and incentives that induce sustainable behaviour among citizens and the private sector; reducing the ecological burden of current lifestyles; and taking bolder steps in meeting international commitments related to the alleviation of poverty in the world. Advancing Sustainable Development in Canada: Policy issues and research needs is available at
here.
After the Collapse: Developed countries must become re-engaged after the failed Cancun ministerial- Year: 2003
- Author: Luke Eric Peterson
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
This commentary by Luke Eric Peterson, on behalf of IISD's Trade and Investment Team, looks at the nature and potential impact of the collapse of talks at the Fifth WTO Ministerial Conference, held in Cancun, Mexico, in September 2003. "The short-term outlook for the Doha Round does not look propitious," writes Peterson. "While the round had been characterized by a series of missed deadlines in the lead-up to Cancun, recriminations have flown in the wake of the Cancun collapse; as have suggestions that countries like the United States will simply choose to trade with countries to whom it will not need to make any deep concessions in advance of next year’s presidential elections."
After Doha - An IISD Commentary- Year: 2002
- Author: Konrad von Moltke
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
The Fourth Ministerial Conference of the World Trade Organization, held in Doha, Qatar, November 9-13, 2001, created significant new challenges. After all, the conference Declaration is only the framework for a future negotiation. The actual work of negotiation remains largely to be done, and the size of the task has probably increased by virtue of the decisions taken in Doha.
Agenda 21: Agenda for Change- Year: 1993
- Author: Michael Keating
- Format: Book
- Publisher: Centre for Our Common Future
- Copyright: Centre for Our Common Future
- Number of pages: 70
- ISBN: 2-940070-00-8
In June 1992 Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, world leaders from 179 countries made critical decisions involving our economies and the security of our future.
Their blueprint for an economically, socially and environmentally sustainable world is presented in
The Earth Summit's Agenda for Change.
The decisions made in Rio had the potential to fundamentally change the way people live and work.
Agri-Environment and Rural Development in the Doha Round - Full Report- Year: 2003
- Author: Alexander Werth
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 85
Aimed at shedding light on the possible options for developing countries to make use of agri-environmental and rural development measures within the framework of the WTO, this paper surveys those programs used in the Quad that are considered non- or, at most, minimally trade distorting, non-discriminatory and otherwise consistent with current WTO rules. Furthermore, it tries to illustrate the possible outcomes in the ongoing negotiations in the WTO on the Agreement on Agriculture (AoA) from a developing country viewpoint, related to the types of mechanisms surveyed above.
Agri-Environment and Rural Development in the Doha Round - Summary- Year: 2003
- Author: Alexander Werth
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 10
Aimed at shedding light on the possible options for developing countries to make use of agri-environmental and rural development measures within the framework of the WTO, this paper surveys those programs used in the Quad that are considered non- or, at most, minimally trade distorting, non-discriminatory and otherwise consistent with current WTO rules. Furthermore, it tries to illustrate the possible outcomes in the ongoing negotiations in the WTO on the Agreement on Agriculture (AoA) from a developing country viewpoint, related to the types of mechanisms surveyed above.
Agriculture and Climate Change - A Prairie Perspective- Year: 1997
- Author: IISD and the Environmental Adaptation Research Group
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 21
Agriculture is an economic activity that is highly dependent upon weather and climate in order to produce the food and fibre necessary to sustain human life. Not surprisingly, agriculture is deemed to be an economic activity that is expected to be vulnerable to climate variability and change. The vulnerability of agriculture to climate variability and change is an issue of major importance to the international scientific community, and this concern is reflected in Article 2 of the UNFCCC, which
calls for the...
Agriculture and Climate Change - Workshop Report- Year: 2000
- Author: Bryan Yusishen, Allen Tyrchniewicz
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 11
The Canadian Prairies are particularly sensitive and vulnerable to climate change. Current predictions are that they will experience more of a warming trend than the global average, particularly in the winter and spring. It is also expected that the Prairies could experience longer, warmer and drier summers, with greater potential for precipitation in the spring and winter.
Agriculture and Sustainable Development: Policy Analysis on the Great Plains- Year: 1995
- Author: Art Wilson, Allen Tyrchniewicz
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 108
- ISBN: 1-895536-38-3
Sustainability of agriculture on the Great Plains has come under question as a result of developments within and outside the region. This study takes a look at key issues on the Canadian prairies and helps develop a process to review the sustainability concerns.
It provides a framework for evaluation of existing agricultural policy with respect to sustainable agriculture and development. The analysis leads to specific recommendations for change or for action. The analytical framework may be applicable to other similar semi-arid agriculture regions of the world.
Agriculture: Future Scenarios for Southern Africa – A Case Study of Zimbabwe’s Food Security- Year: 2009
- Author: Evangelista Mudzonga, Tendai Chigwada
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 23
The briefing sketches the country’s response to the global food crisis and explores the scenarios for food security and agriculture in the medium to long term.
Key findings:
-
The Zimbabwean government views access to land by the majority as the basis for eradicating poverty and increasing food security. The ‘fast track’ land reform exercise has, however, been slow to achieve its stated results.
-
Whilst agriculture is the mainstay of the Zimbabwean economy, production required to ensure food security has been negatively affected by supply side constraints, domestic and external policies and the HIV/AIDS pandemic. However, local production is complemented by food imports and food aid.
-
Due to the country’s dire need to provide security for the population, the country does not use food crops like maize, palm oil, soya and sugarcane for the production of fuel on the principle that fuels should not compete for food and the importation of genetically modified seed is prohibited.
Key recommendations:
-
Food aid needs to be managed in a way that responds to emergency food shortages without acting as a disincentive to domestic food production and broader agricultural and commodity sector development.
-
The country needs to strengthen food procurement system and mechanism, including those related to importing food and financing purchases from abroad.
-
Zimbabwe’s import tariffs remain high and in view of the food crisis tariff policy could be reviewed and rationalized to ensure availability of imported food staples at affordable prices.
-
The country also needs to integrate small scale farmers into the global food production chain, in order to avoid their marginalization and to strengthen food security and poverty reduction.
Agriculture: Future Scenarios for Southern Africa – Country Briefing – Namibia- Year: 2009
- Author: Mona Frøystad, Jürgen Hoffmann, Klaus Schade
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 17
This briefing shows that Namibia, a largely arid country, in the face of rising food prices has managed to control these through a conservative price agreement between producers and millers of grain crops and its potential designation as a net food-importing developing country by the WTO may provide it with policy space to increase national food production.
Key findings:
-
Namibia has been mildly affected by the food price hikes largely because of the conservative pricing agreement between producers and millers which shield consumers from immediate price shocks.
-
The government controls the import of staple food and horticultural products in order to increase food security and to exploit Namibia’s agricultural production potential.
-
The government of Namibia has implemented and continues to implement a set of measures to counteract the effects of rising food prices, droughts and floods which target subsistence farmers (1.5 million of the country’s population of 2 million) to the exclusion of poor urban dwellers who are more vulnerable to food price increases.
Agriculture: Future Scenarios for Southern Africa – Ensuring Food Security through Trade Policy- Year: 2009
- Author: Hilton E. Zunckel
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 26
The briefing contextualizes the global debate on food security and trade policy instruments, defining the situation in Southern African Development Community (SADC) in particular. The purpose of the briefing is to outline broad impacts that global scenarios bring to bear on staple foods, consumed, whether grown in, imported into or exported from the region and will serves as a base for four country briefings and regional scenarios report.
Key findings:
-
Cutting trade distorting agricultural subsidies in a substantial way and import tariffs on agricultural products can contribute to a better connection between supply and demand for food and feeds, stabilizing prices and creating incentives for boosting farm production in Africa.
-
The argument for supporting agricultural subsidies in developed countries specifically as a way of ensuring continued food supplies to poor countries is weak because sound economics indicates that equally important to access to food is the domestic capability of Africa’s large rural population to produce food because it is a catalyst for positive gains from trade and contributes to national employment.
-
There is great pressure on African governments to release land to commercial producers, both domestic and foreign, for food and biofuels production which creates substantial political challenges regarding land control and ownership not mention the strain that this will have on commodity feed stocks.
Key recommendations:
-
Policy measures in the short term include the provision of safety nets and social protection to the most vulnerable consumers both in rural and urban areas.
-
Improved trade policies can yield important gains, using the existing and emerging WTO rules.
-
It is important to address the fundamentals that increase investment in agriculture, both public and private, and improve the functioning of markets.
Agriculture: Future Scenarios for Southern Africa – Food Production in Mozambique and Rising Global Food Prices- Year: 2009
- Author: Gilberto Biacuana
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 17
This briefing explores the driving forces of high food prices in Mozambique and the country’s potential for food security and agricultural production and illustrates how the government’s underinvestment in agriculture and its limited participation in markets of key agricultural inputs have affected food production.
Key findings:
-
Food production is undermined by lack of public investment in agriculture. Mozambique has tremendous agricultural potential, 36 million ha, with only 12.5% currently in use. It has irrigation potential of 3.3 million ha with only about 50 000 ha under irrigation, mostly sugarcane. It is almost self-sufficient in maize but the Internal marketing of the grain is affected by poor infrastructure.
-
After the Structural Adjustment Program agricultural investment and support decreased and marketing of inputs and agricultural produce was left to the private sector on the assumption that free markets would raise farm-gate prices and increase production. Unfortunately, production did not increase as small farm holders could not afford farm inputs.
-
Land ownership remains a big problem as the current land regime does not encourage partnerships, is costly & cumbersome & can delay investments and the process of obtaining a lease is not transparent & prone to corruption.
-
Government has put in place a Green revolution strategy to increase long term food security by using trade policy instruments such as the reduction of import tariffs of major staples i.e. wheat and rice and the creation of silos for strategic reserves.
Key recommendations:
-
Private sector participation will be crucial for the development of the agricultural sector in Mozambique.
-
In order to attract private investors to the sector, the government will have to improve the country’s investment climate situation, roads, marketing infrastructure and credit markets and resolve the problems that still persist with regard to land tenure.
Agriculture: Future Scenarios for Southern Africa – The Livestock Sector in Zambia and Rising Food Prices- Year: 2009
- Author: Humphrey Mulemba
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 28
The briefing aims to explore the forces of rising food prices and their impact on Zambia’s livestock sector.
Key findings:
-
The agriculture, in particular the livestock, sector is critical to the alleviation of poverty in the country although serious livestock diseases have intermittently hit the livestock industry for more than two decades.
-
The rising cost of maize feed has had the effect of increasing the price of chicken, eggs and other products dependent on these inputs. The cost of fuel has also had an impact on the price of transported livestock.
-
Poor infrastructure, bad policy practices and under nurturing of the agriculture sector has severely constrained its development.
-
Market access provisions are not the sole basis for improving trade, but rather a conduit for such improvement and must be followed by investment and capacity to supply those markets e.g. meeting sanitary standards, controlling disease outbreak etc.
Key recommendations:
-
There needs to be realistic coordination between the public and private sector so as to harness the potential of the livestock sector.
-
Increasing the scope of livestock diseases that warrant government support would subsequently sustain increasing amounts of livestock available on the market, thus stabilizing prices.
Aiding or Abetting? Dilemmas of foreign aid and political instability in the Melanesian Pacific- Year: 2005
- Author: Oli Brown
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 19
Since independence, the self-governing nations of Melanesia - Papua New Guinea (PNG), the Solomon Islands, Fiji and Vanuatu - have been the recipients of a steady flow of foreign aid. Between 1995 and 1999 average per capita aid to Melanesia was US$73, three times that to Sub-Saharan Africa and 35 times aid to India.
Yet aid in Melanesia seems to be failing to achieve many of its goals. The Melanesian countries are amongst the poorest in the Pacific. There is considerable inequality of wealth and power, governments often fail to provide even basic services and corruption is rife. In recent years the Melanesian Pacific has experienced civil war, coups and political instability. Previously considered relatively secure, Melanesia has become known as an 'arc of instability'.
The causes of political instability include; ethnic fragmentation, a lack of national identity, rapid population growth, land disputes, conflicts over resources, high unemployment, weak governments, corruption and a limited capacity to provide basic services.
Aid, itself a politicised phenomenon, is one more ingredient in this unpredictable mix. The aims of foreign aid and stable democracies are the same; economic growth and rising living standards that pull people out of poverty. Political instability and conflict are powerful disruptors of that process. There is now a heated debate in both donor and recipient countries about what role aid should play in the Melanesian Pacific. This article investigates the positive and negative impacts of foreign aid on political stability.
Aiding, Trading or Abetting: The Future of Trade, Aid And Security – 6 Key Objectives- Year: 2005
- Author: IISD, IUCN - World Conservation Union
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD, IUCN – The World Conservation Union
If trade and aid policy is to support peace and security rather than increasing the likelihood and longevity of violent conflict, we believe policy-makers should focus their attention and efforts on six key objectives. The following six briefs (i) explain why each objective is critical to security between and within states; (ii) assess current initiatives that attempt to realize that objective; and (iii) make recommendations for future action.
Aiding, Trading or Abetting? Trade and aid in an insecure world- Year: 2006
- Author: Oli Brown
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
On May 12, 2006, Oli Brown gave this presentation at the
Peacebuilding and human security dialogue hosted by Foreign Affairs Canada in Ottawa.
Alternative trade initiatives and income predictability: Theory and evidence from the coffee sector- Year: 2007
- Author: Jason Potts
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
The third in a set of five reports on ways to tackle the commodity price problem, this paper examines the effectiveness of private sector sustainability standards such as the organic and fair trade movements in the coffee sector as ways to provide coffee farmers with more predictable and stable incomes.
Supply chain instruments, through the diverse social, economic and environmental criteria they specify, have the potential to reduce risk across a whole range of farmer activities, thereby setting a foundation for improved stability not just in price or revenue, but in income itself. Ultimately, it is this understated, and underrated, feature of private voluntary sustainability standards—namely their potential impacts on income stability—that arguably offers the greatest promise in promoting stability in farmer livelihoods and opportunities for sustainable development.
This paper begins with a brief overview of the general history of, and responses to, price volatility in the coffee sector. It then reviews the main elements of key private voluntary sustainability standards presently operating in the coffee sector, considering the theoretical and empirical links between such instruments and the various aspects of income stabilization (including price) in the coffee sector.
Amicus Curiae post-hearing submission to the NAFTA Chapter 11 Tribunal: Methanex Corp. v. the United States of America- Year: 2004
- Author: Mann, Wagner
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD, EarthJustice
- Copyright: IISD, EarthJustice
- Number of pages: 5
IISD’s post-hearing submission in the NAFTA Chapter 11 case Methanex v. the USA argues that the US defence of the California MTBE ban as a public health measure does not go far enough. The ban is also an environmental measure. On both counts it should not be seen as an expropriation.
Amicus Curiae submissions to the NAFTA Chapter 11 Tribunal: Methanex Corp. v. the United States of America- Year: 2004
- Author: Howard Mann, Don McRae
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
IISD’s submission to the NAFTA Chapter Methanex panel marks the first ever accepted submission to a NAFTA investment tribunal of a “friend of the court.” It deals with several key issues of law relevant to sustainable development, including the definition of expropriation, national treatment and government intent, burden of proof, and costs associated with litigation.
An Analysis and Review of Subsidies in Southern Africa: The case of SACU- Year: 2003
- Author: Rashad Cassim, Donald Onyango
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 72
This paper aims to illustrate the extent to which subsidies, whether direct or indirect, are still
commonplace within the economic sectors of the countries that together comprise the Southern African
Customs Union (namely Botswana, Lesotho, Namibia, South Africa and Swaziland), and whether they
flout the multilateral trade rules as embodied in the World Trade Organization (WTO).
An Ecosystem Services Assessment in the Lake Winnipeg Watershed: Phase 1 Report – Southern Manitoba Analysis- Year: 2008
- Author: Vivek Voora, Henry David Venema
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 62
Addressing the eutrophication of Lake Winnipeg is a unique challenge that could be realized by preserving and restoring environmental assets at the watershed scale.
Similar to a death by a thousand cuts, Lake Winnipeg's water quality is being degraded by a multitude of human activities influencing water and nutrient flows on its enormous (approximately 950,000 km2) multi-jurisdictional watershed. Preventing the further degradation of Lake Winnipeg will require novel approaches to influence landscape processes and mitigate non-point nutrient loading.
This Environment Canada funded study focuses on assessing the ecosystem services provided by the current and pre-settlement distribution of southern Manitoba's environmental assets, as this landscape contributes a substantial portion of the nutrient load flowing into the lake. The analysis is followed by a policy narrative that discusses the biophysical characteristics and socio-political drivers that have transformed southern Manitoba.
An Environmental Impact Assessment of China's WTO Accession: An Analysis of Six Sectors- Year: 2004
- Author: Various
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 206
- ISBN: 1-895536-51-0
We invite you to download this publication at no charge. This publication is not available for sale at this time.
China's accession to the WTO has been the most important recent development in trade policy—for China and for the WTO as a whole. The impact on China's economy has been profound. The impact on the environment has also been significant.
This report by the Task Force on WTO and Environment of the China Council for International Cooperation on Environment and Development looks at six sectors where the environmental impacts are the most pronounced: agriculture, forestry, aquaculture, automobiles, energy and textiles.
These sectoral studies represent the most comprehensive assessment of the environmental consequences of trade liberalization policies undertaken by any country to date. The work of the Task Force on WTO and Environment is supported by the Swiss State Secretariat for Economic Affairs (SECO).
An International Investment Regime? Issues of Sustainablity- Year: 2000
- Author: Konrad von Moltke
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 76
- ISBN: I-895536-27-8
Environmental activists are widely credited with (or condemned for) launching the opposition that finally led to the abandonment of negotiations for a Multilateral Agreement on Investment at eh OECD in late 1998. It took more than environmental opposition to stop the MAI in its tracks, but since then it has been accepted wisdom that environmentalists are opposed to an international investment agreement. This study takes a hard look at that assumption. Its first conclusion is that an international investment agreement should be a priority for those interested in the environment and sustainable development.
Annual Report 1990-1991- Year: 1991
- Author: IISD
- Format: Report
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Annual Report: 1990-1991
Annual Report 1991-1992- Year: 1992
- Author: IISD
- Format: Report
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Annual Report: 1991-1992
Annual Report 1992-1993- Year: 1993
- Author: IISD
- Format: Report
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Annual Report: 1992-1993
Annual Report 1993-1994- Year: 1994
- Author: IISD
- Format: Report
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Annual Report: 1993-1994
Annual Report 1994-1995- Year: 1995
- Author: IISD
- Format: Report
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Annual Report: 1994-1995
Annual Report 1995-1996- Year: 1996
- Author: IISD
- Format: Report
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 20
Annual Report: 1995-1996
Annual Report 1996-1997- Year: 1997
- Author: IISD
- Format: Report
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 32
Annual Report: 1996-1997
Annual Report 1997-1998- Year: 1998
- Author: IISD
- Format: Report
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 32
Annual Report: 1997-1998
Annual Report 1998-1999- Year: 1999
- Author: IISD
- Format: Report
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 36
Annual Report: 1998-1999
Annual Report 1999-2000- Year: 2000
- Author: IISD
- Format: Report
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 28
Annual Report: 1999-2000
Appreciative Inquiry—A Beginning- Year: 1999
- Author: IISD
- Format: Video Feature
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Running time: 35
Appreciative Inquiry-A Beginning documents the expereince of development workers and community members with appreciative inquiry, an innovative approach to bring about lasting change. Appreciative inquiry empowers local people by helping them build a vision for a better future based on their community's strengths. Then, by drawing on these strengths, the community charts a path to turn their vision into reality.
Approaches to Knowledge-brokering- Year: 1997
- Author: Geoffrey Oldham, Rob McLean
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright:
- Number of pages: 12
The purpose of this paper was to stimulate thinking about knowledge-brokering in advance of the May 1997 two-day IISD/IDRC/NSI search conference to identify strategies and actions to follow up the recommendations of the Strong task force on priorities for Canadian internationalism. The paper provides a brief overview of the context for a discussion about knowledge-brokering; introduces a number of distinctions that may be useful in helping describe the concept; identifies some practical issues that have to be addressed by organizations interested in carrying out knowledge-brokering activities; and presents a number of alternatives with respect to Canada's approach to knowledge-brokering for development.
Arctic Future - The Circumpolar International Internship Newsletter- Year: 2004
- Author: IISD
- Format: Newsletter
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Arctic Future is a quarterly publication designed to deliver news, information and feature stories about the Future of Children and Youth Initiative and the Circumpolar Internship Program supported by the Arctic Council.
Arctic Future: The Circumpolar International Internship Newsletter - December 2008- Year: 2008
- Author:
- Format: Newsletter
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
In this issue of
Arctic Future newsletter, the five delegates from IISD's Circumpolar Young Leaders Program (CYL) describe their varied internship placements, including the Canadian Embassy in Norway, Schools on Board, Students on Ice, UArctic, and UNEP-GRID Arendale. Additionally, contributor Greta Schuerch weighs in on the importance of indigenous languages in educational success, and Jessica Kotierk describes the cultural sharing she experienced at the Inuit Studies Conference held at the University of Manitoba in October 2008.
Arctic Future: The Circumpolar International Internship Newsletter - March 2009- Year: 2009
- Author:
- Format: Newsletter
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
In this issue of Arctic Future newsletter, the Circumpolar Young Leaders describe their experience in Sweden; two former CYL participants weigh in on the issue of Arctic governance; vegetarianism in the North is discussed; A CYL intern expresses her thoughts on the issue of northern identity; and two northern emerging leaders are featured: Robin Urquhart and Nyla Innuksuk. Additionally, contributor Jesse Tungilik writes on the issue of whether youth in the North are actually being engaged as meaningfully as they should be in policy decisions that they will inherit.
Arctic Sovereignty and Security in a Climate-changing World- Year: 2008
- Author: Alec Crawford, Arthur J. Hanson, David Runnalls
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 17
Arctic sovereignty is a complicated business. Promises of vast resources and fabled shipping lanes set free by a melting ice pack have triggered a competition for land and influence across the region. Climate change has made it clear that the Arctic environmental transformation poses some very real security concerns for Canada. There is a danger, however, that these perceived security threats, the shared expectations of what lies beneath the Arctic ice and the race to define our northern sovereignty could overshadow some of the current and expected environmental challenges to be faced by the Arctic ecosystem and the communities that depend upon it.
This short report focuses on the important northern issues that Canada should be focusing on beyond those currently grabbing the headlines. In addition to increasing its defence spending in the North, Canada, to guarantee its Arctic sovereignty and the health of its northern ecosystem, must:
-
Engage indigenous and northern communities, NGOs, international organizations and countries outside of the Arctic Council in the debate and decision-making on Arctic sovereignty and security;
-
Take the lead on environmental stewardship in the North;
-
Invest more money in Arctic research and the capacity to turn research into meaningful policy;
-
Go beyond the Ilulissat Declaration to cement cooperation on a number of issues with the other Arctic stakeholders; and
-
Update its Northern Foreign Policy.
Assessing the Impact of NAFTA on Environmental Law and Management Processes- Year: 2000
- Author: Howard Mann
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: Howard Mann (reprinted with permission)
- Number of pages: 33
This paper, prepared for the North American Symposium on Understanding the Linkages between Trade and Environment, Commission for Environmental Cooperation, October 11-12, 2000, Washington, D.C, looks at how trade rules impinge on the ability of states to regulate in the interests of environmental protection.
Assessing the Security Implications of Climate Change for West Africa: Country Case Studies of Ghana and Burkina Faso- Year: 2008
- Author: Oli Brown, Alec Crawford
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 62
- ISBN: 978-1-894784-13-9
Traditionally seen as an environmental and an energy issue, climate change is now also being cast as a threat to international peace and security. Africa, though the least responsible for greenhouse gas emissions, is seen as the continent most likely to suffer its worst consequences—a function of the continent’s reliance on climate-dependent sectors (such as rain-fed agriculture) and its history of resource, ethnic and political conflict.
The security implications of climate change have become the subject of unprecedented international attention; in 2007 climate change was the focus of both a Security Council debate and the Nobel Peace Prize. There have been some attempts to construct scenarios of the ways in which warming temperatures might undermine security at a global scale. But the country-level security impacts of climate change have been lost in the political rhetoric. Local experts are rarely consulted.
This paper is a modest effort to address this research gap. Drawing on field visits and consultations with local experts, this paper explores the extent to which climate change may undermine security in two different countries in West Africa, Ghana and Burkina Faso.
Assessing Sustainable Development Impacts of Investment Incentives: A Checklist- Year: 2009
- Author: Kenneth P. Thomas
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 11
As the use of investment incentives proliferates around the world, the actual impacts of such incentives on attracting foreign direct investment, let alone on promoting socially and environmentally sustainable economic growth, remain seriously under-researched. Assessing such impacts is certainly a challenge – not least due to difficulties in evaluating the costs and benefits of investment incentives and isolating the role of incentives from other factors – but also crucial to maximise potential sustainable development benefits of investments. The checklist provides an analytical framework to examine the sustainable development impacts of investment incentives with regard to the individual projects, the incentive policy in general and the implications of and for international agreements. The checklist is designed to be used either by governments or by stakeholders. It is stressed that incentive evaluation should be seen as an iterative process, with information gained from earlier incentives and programs used to benchmark later ones, to enable governments to move from reactive to proactive investment policy-making.
Assessing Sustainable Development: Principles in Practice- Year: 1997
- Author: Terrence Zdan, Peter Hardi
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 166
- ISBN: 1-895536-07-3
These principles deal with four aspects of assessing progress toward sustainable development. Principle 1 deals with the starting point of any assessment - establishing a vision of sustainable development and clear goals that provide a practical definition of that vision in terms that are meaningful for the decision-making unit in question. Principles 2 through 5 deal with the content of any assessment and the need to merge a sense of the overall system with a practical focus on current priority issues. Principles 6 through 8 deal with key issues of the process of assessment, while Principles 9 and 10 with the necessity for establishing a continuing capacity for assessment.
Balancing Trade and Environment Needs – Singapore’s Experience- Year: 1999
- Author: Peck Thian Guan
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 17
This paper describes Singapore's experience in addressing the trade-environment link. It focuses on the proactive measures taken in response to greening of export market demand, and win-win measures that made Singaporean industry more competitive and more environmentally friendly.
Becoming a Sustainability Leader: Exploring IISD's role in shaping the next generation of sustainable development leadership - Executive Summary- Year: 2007
- Author: Dagmar Timmer, Heather Creech, Carolee Buckler
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
In this executive summary of a comprehensive research study, IISD examines the impact of IISD's internship programs and makes recommendations for consideration. Since 1997, IISD has graduated 311 interns, many of whom are interviewed about sustainable development leadership in general, and about the IISD internship experience in particular. "It is very difficult for someone without experience to find entry-level opportunities," commented one intern. "The internship really got my career going."
The beginnings of a plan- Year: 2007
- Author: John Drexhage
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: Environmental Finance
Canada's new emissions plan may be tougher on industry than many environmentalists claim. But more will clearly be required across all sectors of Canadian society, says Drexhage, IISD's Director of Climate Change and Energy.
This commentary was published in the June 2007 issue of
Environmental Finance and is posted here with permission.
Beyond the Barricades: An FTAA Sustainable Development Agenda - DRAFT- Year: 2004
- Author: IISD, IUCN, UNEP, Marie-Claire Cordonier Segger, Maria Leichner (eds.)
- Format: Book
- Publisher:
- Copyright:
- Number of pages: 300
This is a working draft of a book by the same name, a collaborative effort supported by IISD, IUCN (The World Conservation Union) and the United Nations Environment Programme. Its genesis was the 2001 Quebec City Ministerial meeting of the Free Trade Area of the Americas (FTAA). Beyond the barricades in Quebec City, and other trade decision making forums, a constructive agenda was and is being developed on trade and sustainability issues in the Americas. "Beyond the Barricades" reflects that agenda through the diverse perspectives and the rich expertise on environment and development issues of governments, businesses and civil society organisations in the Western Hemisphere.
The book, published by Ashgate Press, includes views, policy options and research results from all across the Americas. It takes a critical yet constructive approach, providing concrete, practical case studies of lessons learned and experiences in the region. This book is timely; negotiations are proceeding for an FTAA covering 800 million people and nearly a third of world's economic output. It aims to help readers better understand the key issues as they become ever more prominent in the media, the current talks and future negotiations.
Beyond the Barricades: An FTAA Sustainable Development Agenda - Executive Summary- Year: 2004
- Author: IISD, IUCN, UNEP, Marie-Claire Cordonier Segger, Maria Leichner (eds.)
- Format: Paper
- Publisher:
- Copyright:
- Number of pages: 2
This executive summary sums up the book of the same name -- a collaborative effort supported by IISD, IUCN (The World Conservation Union) and the United Nations Environment Programme. Its genesis was the 2001 Quebec City Ministerial meeting of the Free Trade Area of the Americas (FTAA). Beyond the barricades in Quebec City, and other trade decision making forums, a constructive agenda was and is being developed on trade and sustainability issues in the Americas. "Beyond the Barricades" reflects that agenda through the diverse perspectives and the rich expertise on environment and development issues of governments, businesses and civil society organisations in the Western Hemisphere.
The book, published by Kumarian Press, includes views, policy options and research results from all across the Americas. It takes a critical yet constructive approach, providing concrete, practical case studies of lessons learned and experiences in the region. This book is timely; negotiations are proceeding for an FTAA covering 800 million people and nearly a third of world's economic output. It aims to help readers better understand the key issues as they become ever more prominent in the media, the current talks and future negotiations.
Beyond Delusion: A Science and Policy Dialogue on Designing Effective Indicators for Sustainable Development- Year: 1999
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 8
From May 7th to 9th, 1999, 38 scientists, policy specialists from public and
private sectors, researchers, and measurement experts came together in an
innovative, multidisciplinary workshop held in San Rafael de Heredia, Costa
Rica. Seventeen countries were represented from five continents. A listing of
participants is provided in Appendix 1.
In general terms, the workshop's purpose was to examine the challenge of
assessing progress toward sustainability. More specifically, discussions focused
on two topics: 1. On indicators for sustainable development and the feasibility of
generating a short list of highly aggregated national-level indicators that would
effectively supplement current reporting practice. 2. On the process of channeling
measurement results into decision-making and communicating sustainability
indicators effectively.
Beyond Problems Analysis - Using Appreciative Inquiry to Design and Deliver Environmental, Gender Equity and Private Sector Development Projects- Year: 2002
- Author: Graham Ashford, Saleela Patkar
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 22
Beyond Regulation: Exporters and Voluntary- Year: 1998
- Author: Ron Yachnin, Robert Kerr, Aaron Cosbey
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD and others (see notes)
- Number of pages: 98
- ISBN: I-89-5536-11-1
This book is designed to help policy makers, exporters, environment managers and representatives of civil society better understand the implications of voluntary and non-regulatory initiatives of environmental policy and trade competiveness.
Using case studies and interviews with Canadian companies, this book examines emerging environmental risks and opportunities to the export performance of Canadian industry.
Bilateral and multilateral financial assistance for the energy sector of developing countries- Year: 2008
- Author: Dennis Tirpak, Helen Adams
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: Earthscan
- Copyright: Earthscan
- Number of pages: 17
This article examines trends in development assistance funding for energy and the implications for mitigating climate change, during 1997–2005, a period that begins with the agreement on the Kyoto Protocol under the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change.
Analysis suggests that there has been somewhat of a shift away from fossil fuel to lower greenhouse-gas-emitting projects. However, analysis also suggests that, unless development assistance for energy increases in the coming years, the influence of multilateral banks will diminish and their ability to encourage sustainable energy projects will decline.
Several challenges will need to be met in the future to increase funding to ensure that investments made today, do not pollute tomorrow, and to overcome the lack of a common reporting format by standardizing the collection and reporting of data on investments for energy.
Bilateral Investment Treaties and Development Policy-Making- Year: 2004
- Author: Luke Eric Peterson
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
This paper looks at the impacts of bilateral investment treaties—of which there are now over 2,000—on development-oriented policy making. It assesses the major elements of concern in the various formulations of key obligations, and the types of desirable policies they might prevent.
Biofuels - At What Cost? Government support for biodiesel in Malaysia - Year: 2008
- Author: Gregore Pio Lopez, Tara Laan
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 90
This report provides a detailed assessment of government intervention in the biodiesel market in Malaysia. It also analyses the role of government support for biofuels—both in Malaysia and internationally—on social and environmental outcomes in Malaysia. The Global Subsidies Initiative examines government subsidies and the ways in which they can undermine efforts to put the world on a path toward sustainable development.
Biofuels - At What Cost? Government support for ethanol and biodiesel in Canada- Year: 2009
- Author: Tara Laan, Todd Alexander Litman, Ron Steenblik
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 118
This report provides an in-depth analysis of government support to biofuels in Canada, including a comprehensive quantification of the amount of public money spent on supporting biofuels. The report finds a growing array of subsidy programs at the federal, provincial, and even municipal levels that support nearly every stage of the biofuels supply chain. The report also considers whether these subsidies are a cost-effective means for achieving environmental and economic benefits.
Biofuels - At What Cost? Government support for ethanol and biodiesel in China- Year: 2008
- Author: Tara Laan
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 78
This report provides data and analysis on government support for biofuels in China. The report finds that China provided a total of RMB 780 million (US$ 115 million, roughly US$ 0.40 per litre) in biofuel subsidies in 2006. The report recommends that the Chinese Government re-evaluates its biofuel policies, particularly to ensure that biofuels genuinely do not compete with food or undermine the government’s social or environmental objectives.
Biofuels - At What Cost? Government support for ethanol and biodiesel in the European Union- Year: 2007
- Author: Geraldine Kutas, Carina Lindberg, Ron Steenblik
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 114
The GSI report, "
Biofuels at What Cost? Government Support for Ethanol and Biodiesel in the European Union", questions the rationale behind the very large sums of money being invested in support of this particular form of energy.
Subsidies and other forms of government support are strongly linked to the amount of biofuels that are produced and consumed in the EU. While current policies have been promoted as a way to decrease CO
2 emissions, they are an expensive and ineffective means to achieving that goal. Transfers per tonne of CO
2-equivalent removed are estimated to be between 575 and 800 euros for ethanol made from sugarbeat, around 215 euros for biodiesel made from used cooking oil, and over 600 euros for biodiesel made from rapeseed. Purchasing CO
2-equivalent offsets on the European Cimate Exchange would be far cheaper.
Biofuels - At What Cost? Government support for ethanol and biodiesel in selected OECD countries- Year: 2007
- Author: Ron Steenblik
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 82
A synthesis of reports addressing subsidies for biofuels in Australia, Canada, the European Union, Switzerland and the United States from the Global Subsidies Initiative of IISD.
Biofuels - At What Cost? Government support for ethanol and biodiesel in the United States- Year: 2006
- Author: Doug Koplow
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 103
Report on subsidies for biofuels in the United States by the Global Subsidies Initiative of IISD.
Biofuels – At What Cost? Government Support for Ethanol and Biodiesel in the United States: 2007 Update- Year: 2007
- Author: Koplow
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 92
The biofuels industry is witnessing unprecedented growth in the United States, driving agricultural commodities prices to record levels and sparking a host of environmental and economic concerns. This expansion is far from imputable wholly to market forces; rather, federal, state and municipal jurisdictions have been instrumental in driving up both the production and consumption of biofuels through sizeable subsidies and other incentives. A new report by the Global Subsidies Initiative (GSI) and Earth Track, “Biofuels – At What Cost? Government Support for Ethanol and Biodiesel in the United States: 2007 Update”, revises an earlier report issued October 2006 and details the extent of current government support to biofuels in the United States.
Biofuels are not the answer- Year: 2009
- Author: David Runnalls
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
In this commentary, which originally appeared in the Winnipeg Free Press, IISD’s President and CEO David Runnalls argues that not only do biofuels cost Canadians an average of $300 million a year in taxpayer subsidies, they are an inefficient way to combat climate change. Diverting crops for biofuel production, says Runnalls, also undermines global food security and drives up commodity prices.
Biofuels at what cost – Government support for ethanol and biodiesel in Australia- Year: 2008
- Author: Derek Quirke, Ron Steenblik, Bob Warner
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 83
This report on government subsidies for biofuels in Australia by the Global Subsidies Initiative of the IISD finds the Australian government spent A$95 million on supporting biofuel production and consumption in 2006–07. The Global Subsidies Initiative analyzes government subsidies and the ways in which they can undermine efforts to put the world on a path toward sustainable development.
Biofuels At What Cost? Government support for ethanol and biodiesel in Indonesia- Year: 2008
- Author: Harbrinderjit Singh Dillon, Tara Laan, Harya Setyaka Dillon
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 86
This report on government support to biofuels in Indonesia finds that the country has been slow to implement its ambitious plans for biofuel production and consumption, largely due to dramatic rises in feedstock prices in 2007 and early 2008.The report cautions Indonesia against setting a compulsory blending mandate; a policy which the Indonesian government has been considering. Letting fuel prices rise to levels prevailing in international markets would reduce consumption and improve efficiency, resulting in improved energy security. Adding an additional layer of subsidies for biofuels to an already distorted system makes little economic sense.
Biofuels: At What Cost? Government support for ethanol and biodiesel in Switzerland- Year: 2007
- Author: Ron Steenblik, Juan Simon
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 47
Report on government support for biofuels in Switzerland by the Global Subsidies Initiative of IISD.
Boom or Bust: Developing countries' rough ride on the commodity price rollercoaster- Year: 2006
- Author: Oli Brown, Jason Gibson
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 27
Commodity prices, at historic highs by mid-2006, are becoming increasingly volatile. Volatile prices complicate fiscal and environmental planning and undermine the livelihoods of millions of producers in the developing world. Are commodity-dependent countries prepared should the price bubble burst? This paper describes the impacts of commodity price volatility and argues for new measures to stabilize commodity revenues for countries as well as producers.
Boom or Bust: How commodity price volatility impedes poverty reduction, and what to do about it- Year: 2008
- Author: Oli Brown, Jason Gibson, Alec Crawford
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 48
- ISBN: 978-1-894784-04-7
Commodity price volatility is a big problem for commodity-dependent countries and producers. With 95 developing countries deriving at least half their exports earnings from commodities, the rollercoaster of commodity prices, which can rise or fall by 50 per cent in a year, makes sound fiscal planning extremely difficult for both countries and producers. Predictable incomes are critical if commodity-dependent countries are to escape the cycle of commodity dependence, which is in turn integral to wider economic stability and poverty reduction.
Since the turn of the millennium, the risks facing commodity producers have been partially disguised by strong prices for certain commodities. But the basic problem has not gone away. At its heart is the imperfect nature of commodity markets. The theoretical ideal of a supply-meets-demand market equilibrium is rarely, if ever, achieved because commodity supply and demand forces respond inflexibly to price fluctuations. But it is not price volatility per se that is the problem—rather it is the volatility of national and individual incomes that obstructs long-term planning, drives commodity dependence, widens inequality and leads to environmental degradation.
Commodity price volatility is a serious issue, but it is not a hopeless one. The basic economic tools necessary to help commodity producers get more predictable incomes are better understood than ever before. This publication looks at the experience, problems and promise of five different types of economic tools: supply management, national revenue management, market-based price risk management, compensatory finance and alternative trade initiatives.
Experience leads us to four conclusions:
- There is no 'silver bullet'—no one policy that will address all aspects of commodity price volatility.
- Price or income stabilization interventions can create their own moral hazards and market distortions.
- Supply-side constraints, such as limited access to knowledge and poor infrastructure, are enduring obstacles.
- But despite the challenges, we have options that will work—under the right circumstances.
Policy-makers need to tackle the very real risks facing commodity-dependent countries and producers. If the international community is indeed committed to reducing poverty, then thoughtful, decisive action is needed. Taking the following seven guidelines into consideration will help ensure that future policy responses are more coherent and successful than past initiatives:
- Look for complementary policies.
- Engage stakeholders at all levels.
- Do not underestimate the importance of the private sector.
- Keep it as simple as possible.
- Address the potential moral hazard by integrating income stabilization into a wider rural development or diversification program.
- Build flexibility into programs.
- Ensure that the reach of the implementing agency matches the scope of a policy's goals.
Border Carbon Adjustment- Year: 2008
- Author: Aaron Cosbey
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 13
This paper looks at border carbon adjustment—a trade measure that has been proposed to address competitiveness and leakage concerns in conjunction with strong domestic actions on climate change. It judges BCA on the criteria of effectiveness, administrative feasibility, WTO legality and wider geopolitical impacts. It was prepared for the seminar on
Trade and Climate Change, June 18-20, 2008, in Copenhagen, co-hosted by the Government of Denmark, the German Marshall Fund of the United States and IISD.
Brave New Deal? Assessing the May 10th U.S. Bipartisan Compact on Free Trade Agreements- Year: 2007
- Author: Aaron Cosbey
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
On May 10 2007, House Speaker Nancy Pelosi and Ways and Means Committee Chairman Charles Rangel, powerful members of the newly-ascendant U.S. Democratic Party, announced that they had negotiated a compromise agreement with the Bush Administration and leading Congressional Republicans on critical changes to pending free trade agreements with Peru and Panama. Until that time, there had seemed to be slim hope that either agreement would win approval from a Congress dominated by Democrats, many of whom had been elected on promises to rein in what their constituents saw as a harmful proliferation of flawed trade deals.
The new compact spawns a number of questions for those focused on U.S. trade policy: will its provisions become the new template for bilateral and regional trade agreements? Will it influence the granting of fast track negotiating authority (trade promotion authority) to the administration? Will it even help in the passage of the two agreements to which it applies, given substantial dissatisfaction with the deal within the Democratic caucus? And does Congress' intervention in a negotiated trade deal spell the end of TPA as it was formerly understood?
Aaron Cosbey assesses the compromise.
Building accountability and transparency in public procurement- Year: 2008
- Author: Oshani Perera
- Format: Outreach
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Governments are the largest consumers in an economy. The public sector on average spends 45 per cent to 65 per cent of their budgets on public procurement, which amounts to 13 per cent to 17 per cent of GDPs. If governments make a concerted effort to purchase environmentally- and socially-preferable products and services, their substantial buying power will drive the delivery of sustainable development policies and stimulate markets for sustainable products and services.
In the first half of 2007, IISD, in partnership with The Energy Resource Institute (TERI), India conducted a global review of international and national Sustainable Public Procurement (SPP) initiatives. The survey identified four international and 35 national programs on SPP, and reviewed selected regional and bilateral trade agreements and bilateral investment treaties, as well as the national legal frameworks on SPP in Brazil, China, India and the European Union.
IISD welcomes interest from project partners as we leverage our ongoing work to enable more accountable and transparent SPP practices across the world.
Building Knowledge, Measuring Well-being: Developing Sustainability Indicators for Winnipeg's First Nations Community (Pre-publication Version)- Year: 2007
- Author: Christa Rust
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: AMC, IISD
- Number of pages: 45
Building Knowledge, Measuring Well-being is the first product of the joint project between the Assembly of Manitoba Chiefs and the International Institute for Sustainable Development. The document is a review and summary of relevant literature and available data sources which will be used to develop sustainability indicators for the urban First Nations community in Winnipeg, Manitoba. The contents of the document form an historical overview of First Nations people in Canada; summarise framework methodologies and data sources relevant to First Nations; describe the profile of the First Nations population; explore increasing urban migration; and examine the needs of the growing urban community and the services available.
Bush Blinks; The U.S. now at the climate change table- Year: 2005
- Author: John Drexhage, Runnalls
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
There is renewed global energy about tackling climate change following the December 2005 climate conference in Montreal, writes IISD’s Director of Climate Change and Energy, John Drexhage. The fact that the U.S. is prepared to join discussions is a major step forward.
Business Strategy for Sustainable Development- Year: 1992
- Author: IISD
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 19
- ISBN: 1-895536-00-6
Business Strategy, undertaken with Deloitte & Touche and the Business Council on Sustainable Development, offers an in-depth look at sustainable development business practices and describes the practical steps companies can take to internalize sustainable development and profit from the opportunities it offers.
This book highlights best practices at a variety of successful companies, and incorporates results of a 17-country survey.
Business Strategy will be of interst to company managers and senior executives, their professional advisors, business schools, and a variety of others interested in environmentally and socially responsible business.
Canada and Global Knowledge Networks- Year: 1997
- Author: NSi , IISD , IDRC
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 25
May 15-16, 1997 - Ottawa, Canada - Search Conference Summary Report
Canada falling behind on ODA: World leaders commit to increasing development assistance; Canada absent from the list- Year: 2005
- Author: David Runnalls
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
IISD President and CEO David Runnalls writes from the World Economic Forum in Davos that Canada is lagging behind other countries in achieving official development assistance (ODA) goals. Ironic, given Canada's past leadership on the issue.
Canadian Agricultural Practices on WTO Block: Trade talks in Hong Kong take aim at wheat, dairy and poultry- Year: 2005
- Author: David Runnalls
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
IISD President and CEO David Runnalls raises the curtain on the December 2005 World Trade Organization Ministerial in Hong Kong, from a Canadian perspective.
Canada in a Post-2012 World: A Qualitative Assessment of Domestic and International Perspectives- Year: 2005
- Author: Warren Bell, John Van Ham, Jo-Ellen Parry, John Drexhage, Peter Dickey
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- ISBN: 1-895536-79-0
Canada in a Post-2012 World explores Canadian and international perspectives on establishing a sustainable, global regime for climate change action. It provides a set of analytical tools to help frame Canadian perspectives on the range of international options being considered for a post-Kyoto world, and an initial assessment of how Canadian sensitivities and perspectives might be received by critical Parties in the global community. One common theme that emerges is that the threat of climate change is real—some impacts are already visible—and Canada needs to respond in a meaningful way that works to position the country as a leader in a clean energy future.
Canada Needs To Be A Player In The Bean Scene: IISD calls on Canada to join the International Coffee Organization to tackle current coffee crisis- Year: 2003
- Author: Jason Potts
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
This commentary, written by Jason Potts, Coordinator of the Sustainable Commodity Initiative, examines the current crisis in the coffee market and the implications for the millions of rural households who depend on coffee income for their livelihoods. "In Burundi, 80 per cent of foreign earnings are derived from coffee exports. In Ethiopia coffee represents 67 per cent of foreign revenue earnings," writes Potts. Currently, the world market price for coffee is the lowest in 70 years. The International Coffee Organization was established to enable stabilization and protection of international coffee prices. The efforts of the ICO are, however, undermined by the absence of two important coffee consuming countries: Canada and the United States.
A Capabilities Approach to Trade and Sustainable Development: Using Sen’s Conception of Development to Re-examine the Debates- Year: 2004
- Author: Aaron Cosbey
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
This paper takes the thinking of Nobel laureate Amartya Sen and uses it to fashion a comprehensive new definition of sustainable development. It then asks how trade and trade liberalization might contribute to sustainable development so defined, surveying a complex web of potential impacts. It draws important lessons for civil society, developing countries and the WTO negotiations from the analysis.
Capacity Building for Integrated Environmental Assessment and Reporting: Training Manual (2nd Ed.)- Year: 2000
- Author: László Pintér, Kaveh Zahedi, David R. Cressman
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD and UNEP
- Number of pages: 144
- ISBN: 1-895536-23-5
This training manual and the accompanying training program have been prepared to meet the needs of partners for imporved guidance and training during the production of Global Environment Outlook (GEO) and other accociated integrated assessment reports. Although the skills and methods outlined here closely reflect those developed for GEO, they were designed to be applicable to al integrated environment assessment reports at the national and regional levels, as well as in other contexts. As such, the manual reflects the experience gained by UNEP, IISD and other partners while producing integrated assessments over the past decade.
The Cartagena Protocol on Biosafety: An Analysis on Results- Year: 2000
- Author: Aaron Cosbey, Stanley Burgiel
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 17
Answers the following questions: How strong is the resulting Cartagena Protocol?
What does and doesn't it do?
What do the results mean for other trade-related, multilateral environmental agreements and their relationship with the WTO?
Catching up with the Slowest: NGO Accreditation at the WTO- Year: 2007
- Author: Mark Halle
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
IISD's Director of Trade and Investment wonders why the World Trade Organization still hasn't wrapped up the matter of NGO accreditation.
"The Geneva-based, trade-related NGO communities regularly camp out at the WTO," writes Mark Halle. "They wander the dark halls of the Secretariat as if they were fitting them for curtains. They are on a first-name basis with a high proportion of WTO staff. And yet, every time we come to WTO Headquarters we suffer the indignity of being directed to the service entrance."
This article originally appeared in
Bridges Monthly, a publication of tne
International Centre for Trade and Sustainable Development.
Challenges and Lessons Learned from Integrated Landscape Management Projects - Year: 2009
- Author: Bizikova
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 82
There are growing concerns about local and regional ecosystems and their vulnerability in relation to human activities. This case study evaluates 10 Integrated Land Management (ILM) projects from Canada, the U.S. and Europe to provide information that will help promote better awareness of potential environmental and cumulative impacts due to development priorities and choices. ILM builds on a spectrum of approaches including integrated resource management, integrated watershed management, comprehensive regional land use planning and ecosystem-based management. The study found that ILM approaches could provide significant benefits for local and regional decision-makers by helping them understand the linkages between environment and humans, and by providing opportunities to explore potential future development pathways and policies.
China and International Cooperation on Trade and Environment - The Working Group on Trade and Environment - Final Report - Phase II- Year: 2001
- Author: CCICED
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 24
China Council for International Cooperation on Environment & Development (CCICED), a high level non-governmental advisory body, was established by the State Council of China in 1992. Its stated purpose is "to further strengthen cooperation and exchange between China and the international community in the field of environment and development."
China needs to become a leading partner in efforts to "decarbonize development"- Year: 2005
- Author: Papineau
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
In this February 2005 commentary, IISD intern Maya Papineau says that China needs to make major leaps in emissions reduction, even though it's not bound to any quantitative restrictions on greenhouse gas emissions under the Kyoto Protocol's commitment period from 2008 to 2012.
The Citizen is Willing, But Society Won't Deliver: IISD's Javed Ahmad comments- Year: 2008
- Author: Javed Ahmad, Jason E.J. (Technical Producer) Manaigre
- Format: Video Interview
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
IISD’s Javed Ahmad comments on The Citizen is Willing, But Society Won’t Deliver: The Problem of Institutional Roadblocks—a book by Norman Myers and Jennifer Kent. The book looks at how government systems are often blighted by institutional roadblocks.
The Citizen is Willing, But Society Won’t Deliver: The Problem of Institutional Roadblocks- Year: 2008
- Author: Norman Myers, Jennifer Kent
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD, Norman Myers, Jennifer Kent
- Number of pages: 198
- ISBN: 978-1-894784-25-2
Government systems are often blighted by “institutional roadblocks” (IRs).These phenomena are profound and pervasive, and growing worse in many sectors. They apply especially to environmental problems, stemming as they often do from a lack of integration—whether economic, political or otherwise—among our principal institutions of governance. Plainly the environmental cause is failing. After decades of efforts by governments, businesses, media and others—and despite many success stories—we are losing ground faster than ever. Problems proliferate, leaving us trying to push ever-larger rocks up ever-steeper hills. How can we get ahead of the game and prevent problems from becoming problems in the first place? A key answer is to tackle the IRs.
This book looks at why institutional systems prove singularly unsystematic, and why they often fail in spectacular fashion as concerns the environment. Why should this be so? What can we do about it? What are some success stories to point the way ahead?
City of Winnipeg Quality of Life Indicators- Year: 1997
- Author: IISD
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 46
Plan Winnipeg, the long-term strategic plan for the city of Winnipeg, identifies high quality of life as the key element in the community's vision for the future. To make this vision a reality, it is essential to identify and monitor key measurable elements of the vision.
Establishing a measurement system for quality of life requires a process to identify the key quality of life issues and indicators, to collect and organize data, and to publicize the information. The key questions to be answered in this process are the following:
- What is a quality of life framework?
- What is a quality of life indicator?
- What is a quality of life index?
- How is an indicator developed?
- How are indicators reported?
Civil Sector Consultation for the Hemispheric Summit on Sustainable Development Bolivia, December 1996- Year: 1997
- Author: Dr. Nola-Kate Seymoar
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 21
Review and recommendations from the Hemispheric Summit on Sustainable Development meeting in Bolivia, December 1996. As well minutes and participant list from the Canadian National Consultation meeting in Ottawa May 28, 1996.
Civil Society in Search of an Alternative Regionalism in ASEAN- Year: 2009
- Author: Alexander C. Chandra
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 18
The so-called alternative regionalism is becoming a popular concept of late particularly given the increasing role and importance of non-governmental element, or civil society, also commonly referred to as the track-three, in the institutional development and community building of Southeast Asia. Despite the widespread use of the terms, there is yet a common understanding amongst relevant actors in the regionalisation process as to what alternative regionalism actually entails of. The theoretical and practical debates on and about alternative regionalism in Southeast Asian context has been minimal and far from sufficient. Given the increase dynamics of civil society’s efforts to reform ASEAN, alternative regionalism, or the concept attached to it, will hold an important position in the analysis of civil society dynamics in Southeast Asian regionalism. This paper is one of the few attempts that have been initiated by scholars and activists from within the region that tries to
fill this gap. More importantly, it is also an effort to provide greater clarity of the dynamics attached to civil society’s engagement with ASEAN as a whole.
Key findings:
-
In its own context, alternative regionalism is certainly in the making in Southeast Asia, and civil society is playing a crucial role in promoting it. Various actors in Southeast Asian regionalisation process have different ideas as to what alternative regionalism entails of in the ASEAN context. One common thread in the promotion of alternative regionalism amongst these non-state actors is the question of the participation of the people in ASEAN policy-making process.
-
Alternative regionalism in the Southeast Asian context should, therefore, involve a spontaneous, bottom-up process that recognises the importance of wide range of stakeholders in the making of regional systems and institutions.
-
Whilst, historically, ASEAN is not immune to engagement with civil society actors, such engagement is still limited to a handful economic actors and members of the academic community. The ability of wider civil society actors, such as non-governmental organisations (NGOs) and community based organisations (CBOs), to work independently and to tackle issue-specific challenges confronted by the region have made these non-state actors natural partners for ASEAN to pursue its regional projects.
-
Wider civil society groups are now increasingly motivated to engage ASEAN not only because of the expansion of the areas of cooperation of the Association, but also because they see the potential of ASEAN in bringing about positive development in the region, including, inter alia, the promotion of human rights and sustained economic development.
Key recommendations:
-
Given its limited experience in engaging with civil society a well as the growing demand of these actors to be more involved in the decisions that affect the 550 million people of the region, ASEAN needs to work fast to institutionalise its engagement with these non-state groups.
-
ASEAN must realise that the people of the region and their ideas are extremely diverse. Consequently, it should develop the systematic mechanism to ensure the accommodation of concerns and aspirations of different layers of society throughout Southeast Asia.
-
Most importantly, however, there should be an increase understanding between ASEAN and civil society groups on how each would see the future the grouping and the region.
Clarity of Thought. Creativity in Action.- Year: 2006
- Author:
- Format: Outreach
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
This brochure was produced in December 2005 for COP/MOP-1 in Montreal, Quebec, Canada.
Clean Energy Investment- Year: 2008
- Author: Aaron Cosbey
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 12
This paper looks at ways to foster increased flows of investment, both domestic and foreign, into clean energy infrastructure and technologies in developing countries. It looks first at domestic factors—the investment climate for these sorts of investments, and ways that domestic policy might remove barriers and establish incentives. It then looks at existing international investment law, asking how it might either frustrate or foster more clean energy investment. The paper was prepared for the seminar on
Trade and Climate Change, June 18-20, 2008, in Copenhagen, co-hosted by the Government of Denmark, the German Marshall Fund of the United States and IISD.
Clean Energy Investment in the Former Soviet Union (Ukraine and Kazakhstan) - Year: 2008
- Author: Point Carbon
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 70
This commissioned study looks at the domestic barriers and opportunities in two countries— the Ukraine and Kazakhstan— for increased investment in clean energy infrastructure and technologies. Some barriers and opportunities are general to all investment, while others are specific to clean energy investment. The study was part of a project that included another
country study (PDF - 1.7 mb), in Nigeria. A
synthesis report (PDF - 1.1 mb) pulled together the lessons from these studies and the literature on domestic issues, as well as looking at international investment law through the same lens, asking how it might foster or frustrate increase clean energy investment.
Clean Energy Investment in Nigeria: The domestic context - Year: 2008
- Author: Felix B. Dayo
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 110
This commissioned study looks at the domestic barriers and opportunities for increased investment in clean energy infrastructure and technologies in Nigeria. Some barriers and opportunities are general to all investment, while others are specific to clean energy investment. The study was part of a project that included two other
country studies, in the Ukraine and Kazakhstan. A
synthesis report (PDF - 1.1 mb) pulled together the lessons from these studies and the literature on domestic issues, as well as looking at international investment law through the same lens, asking how it might foster or frustrate increase clean energy investment.
Clean Energy Investment: Policymakers' Summary- Year: 2008
- Author: Aaron Cosbey, Jennifer Ellis, Mahnaz Malik, Howard Mann
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 10
This is a summary of a
longer report (PDF - 1.1 mb), which synthesizes the lessons learned over a year's study of the barriers and opportunities for clean energy investment in developing countries. It focuses first on the domestic side, looking at those elements of the domestic regulatory and policy framework that might encourage or discourage investment both foreign and domestic. Three commissioned country studies informed this part of the work. It then looks at the web of international investment laws, embodied in bilateral, regional and multilateral treaties, asking how they might impede or foster clean energy investment.
Clean Energy Investment: Project synthesis report- Year: 2008
- Author: Aaron Cosbey, Jennifer Ellis, Mahnaz Malik, Howard Mann
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 86
This report synthesizes the lessons learned over a year's study of the barriers and opportunities for clean energy investment in developing countries. It focuses first on the domestic side, looking at those elements of the domestic regulatory and policy framework that might encourage or discourage investment both foreign and domestic. Three commissioned country studies informed this part of the work. It then looks at the web of international investment laws, embodied in bilateral, regional and multilateral treaties, asking how they might impede or foster clean energy investment. A
policymakers' summary (PDF - 433 kb) is also available.
Climate Canada Newsletter- Year: 2000
- Format: Newsletter
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Climate Canada: A Canadian Lens on Global Climate Change. Seventeen issues of Climate Canada were produced, ending May 2001.
Climate Change and Competitiveness: A Survey of the Issues- Year: 2005
- Author: Aaron Cosbey
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 10
From the outset, the Kyoto Protocol and the UNFCCC have had to contend with perceived tension between effective action to slow climate change, and maintenance of competitiveness. Competitiveness concerns were the explicit prime motivation for the withdrawal of the U.S. from the Kyoto Process. Competitiveness concerns have since plagued Canada, the U.S.'s largest trading partner and the bearer of a relatively difficult emission reduction target. They have also figured large in the climate-related policy debates in the EU, where they effectively scuttled the EC's 1992 proposed Directive on Carbon Tax, and have continued to dog the elaboration and implementation of the EU's Emissions Trading System.
This paper explores the nature of the concerns over competitiveness, trying to dissect them in a meaningful way and assess the need for concern. It aims to serve as background to the discussions to take place at the experts' workshop on Climate Change, Competitiveness and Trade, London, U.K., March 30, 2005, organized by Chatham House and the International Institute for Sustainable Development.
Climate Change and Energy Brochure- Year: 2001
- Author: IISD
- Format: Outreach
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
An overview of IISD's Climate Change and Energy Strategic Objective.
Climate change and forced migration: Observations, projections and implications- Year: 2007
- Author: Oli Brown
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: UNDP
- Copyright: UNDP
- Number of pages: 35
In 1990, the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) noted that the greatest single impact of climate change could be on human migration—with millions of people (the most common estimate is 200 million by 2050) displaced by shoreline erosion, coastal flooding and agricultural degradation. But with so many other social, economic and environmental factors at work, establishing a linear, causative relationship between anthropogenic climate change and forced migration has, to date, been difficult.
Predicting future flows of climate migrants is complex; stymied by a lack of baseline data, distorted by population growth and reliant on the evolution of climate change as well as the quantity of future emissions. Nevertheless the available science, summarized in the latest assessment report of the IPCC, translates into a simple fact: on current predictions the "carrying capacity" of large parts of the world will be compromised by climate change.
This paper was written as a thematic paper for the 2007/2008 Human Development Report of the UNDP, "
Fighting Climate Change: Human Solidarity in a Divided World." The paper investigates the differing projections for forced migration over the next 50 years, discusses the problem of prediction and analyzes the development implications of large-scale migration. The paper sets out three broad scenarios, based on differing emissions forecasts, for what we might expect. These range from the best case scenario where serious emissions reductions happen and a "Marshall Plan" for adaptation is put in place, to the "business as usual" scenario, where the large-scale migration foreseen by the most gloomy analysts comes true, or is exceeded.
Climate Change and Foreign Policy: An exploration of options for greater integration- Year: 2007
- Author: John Drexhage, Deborah Murphy, Oli Brown, Aaron Cosbey, Peter Dickey, Jo-Ellen Parry, John Van Ham, Richard Tarasofsky, Beverley Darkin
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 66
- ISBN: 978-1-895536-98-0
Climate change is one of the greatest challenges of this century. Increasing evidence of the impacts of climate change and that human actions are contributing to changes in climate highlights the need for action. There is an increasing realization in the international community that achieving the consensus and commitment needed to take action requires positioning climate change in a broader foreign policy context.
The ostensible goal of Western foreign policy is to provide stability and security as a foundation for human well-being, global freedom and prosperity. However, in today’s increasingly inter-connected world, the traditional instruments of diplomacy are not always effective in tackling global threats. Established alliances and procedures are hard-pressed to be effective against a threat such as climate change, when the cause (greenhouse gas emissions) is not the ambition of any one “hostile” power. Addressing the climate change challenge requires new thinking in foreign policy—thinking that considers engagement on climate change not only in the sphere of environment, but also outside the environment box.
This study examines opportunities for a broader framing of the climate change issue in a number of foreign policy areas of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of Denmark: diplomacy and international relations; energy security; peace and security; trade and investment; and development cooperation.
Co-authored by IISD's John Drexhage, Deborah Murphy, Oli Brown, Aaron Cosbey, Peter Dickey, Jo-Ellen Parry and John Van Ham; and Richard Tarasofsky and Beverley Darkin of Chatham House.
Climate Change and Global Governance: Which Way Ahead?- Year: 2007
- Author: John Drexhage
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 10
In this paper, IISD's John Drexhage looks at the climate regime. From the paper: "My argument has more to do with the current reluctance of major economies—including three of the top four global emitters—to submit their GHG emission activities to strict, internationally binding commitments. If, for example, a mitigation regime strictly under the UN means further delay in the U.S. on a post-2012 agreement, due to its Senate being unable to ratify such an agreement, then why not try and set up an alternative structure, even if only as an initial step? Or, given the challenges faced in ratifying any international binding agreement in the U.S. Senate, could we actually envision a situation where the UN regime would apply everywhere but the U.S.? And if so, what would motivate major developing country economies to agree to submit to a system the U.S. would refuse?"
Climate Change and Global Governance: Which Way Ahead? - Year: 2008
- Author: John Drexhage
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 6
This paper argues that, to address the multi-faceted climate challenge we face, governance efforts must evolve beyond the current global regime-building model and that environmental and development policies must become much better integrated.
This briefing paper is an output of the "Mapping Global Environmental Governance Reform" project of the International Institute for Sustainable Development (IISD). The initiative was conceived of and funded by the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Government of Denmark.
Climate Change and Global Governance: Which Way Ahead? (Excerpt) - Year: 2008
- Author: John Drexhage
- Format: Excerpt
- Publisher: University of Toronto Press
- Copyright: University of Toronto Press
In this excerpt of a chapter in "A globally integrated climate policy for Canada" (edited by Steven Bernstein, et al. University of Toronto Press, 2008), John Drexhage, IISD's Director of Climate Change and Energy, argues that to address the multi-faceted climate challenge we face, governance efforts must evolve beyond the current global regime-building model, and that environmental and development policies must become much better integrated.
Climate Change and Security in Africa- Year: 2009
- Author: Oli Brown, Alec Crawford
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 38
As science has revealed that the rate and intensity of climate change is increasing at unprecedented levels, we have begun to realize that it holds potentially serious implications for international security. Analysts argue that climate change—by redrawing the maps of water availability, food security, disease prevalence and coastal boundaries—could potentially increase forced migration, raise tensions and trigger new conflicts.
The imperative to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and manage the impacts of climate change present, in the starkest manner possible, our global interdependence. Africa, though the continent the least responsible for greenhouse gas emissions, is almost universally seen as the continent most at risk of climate-induced conflict—a function of the continent’s reliance on climate-dependent sectors (such as rain-fed agriculture) and its history of resource, ethnic and political conflict. At the turn of the 21st century more people were being killed in wars in this region than in the rest of the world combined.
However, recent years have seen a steady progress in the improvement of Africa’s economic prospects, in the reduction of levels of conflict and in the quality of governance and the number and nature of democracies. The African Union and its constituent regional economic communities, through its security architecture, have developed into key players in the reduction of conflict in Africa. Nevertheless, with its tremendous natural resources and remarkable social and ecological diversity, the continent reflects a close dependency of people on natural resources. It is this dependency and its fragile governance capacities that may present Africa with potentially severe problems in adapting to the future effects of climate change.
In this report, prepared for the Nordic-African Foreign Ministers Forum in Copenhagen in March 2009, IISD examines some of the threats that climate change could pose to security for the continent. These include:
- Increased water scarcity
- Decreased food security
- Large-scale climate-induced migration
- The impact of climate change on poverty and state fragility
- Non-linear climate change
The paper also identifies a set of strategies for peace and development in a changing climate:
- Improve projections and predictions
- Minimize dangerous climate change
- Adapt to the impacts of climate change
- Integrate climate change into all relevant levels of governance
Climate change as the ‘new’ security threat: implications for Africa- Year: 2007
- Author: Oli Brown, Anne Hammill, Robert Mcleman
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: International Affairs
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 14
Once an environmental issue, then an energy problem, climate change is now being recast as a security threat. So far, the debate has focused on creating a security ‘hook’, illustrated by anecdote, to invest climate negotiations with a greater sense of urgency. Political momentum behind the idea of climate change as a security threat has progressed quickly, even reaching the United Nations’ Security Council.
This article reviews the linkages between climate change and security in Africa and analyses the role of climate change adaptation policies in future conflict prevention. Africa, with its history of ethnic, resource, and interstate conflict, is seen by many as particularly vulnerable to this new type of security threat, despite being the continent least responsible for global greenhouse gas emissions. Projected climatic changes for Africa suggest a future of increasingly scarce water, collapsing agricultural yields, encroaching desert and damaged coastal infrastructure. Such impacts, should they occur, would undermine the 'carrying capacity' of large parts of Africa, causing destabilising population movements and raising tensions over dwindling strategic resources. In such a case, climate change could be a factor that tips fragile states into socio-economic and political collapse.
Climate change is only one of many security, environmental and developmental challenges facing Africa. Its impacts will be magnified or moderated by underlying conditions of governance, poverty and resource management, as well as the nature of climate change impacts at local and regional levels. Adaptation policies and programs, if implemented quickly and at multiple scales, could help avert climate change and other environmental stresses becoming triggers for conflict. But, adaptation must take into account existing social, political and economic tensions and avoid exacerbating them.
Please cite as:
Oli Brown, Anne Hammill, Robert McLeman, 'Climate change: the new security threat', International Affairs 83: 6, November 2007, pp. 1141–1154.Climate Change Capacity Project–Africa: Report of the Workshop July 17-21, 2000, Dakar, Senegal- Year: 2000
- Author: Angela Churie Kallhauge, Chad Carpenter
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 43
Negotiations under the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) and the Kyoto Protocol have become extremely complicated, both in the issues under discussion and in the process of addressing them. Individual negotiators are increasingly called upon to address several technical, political and economic issues that often lie outside their areas of professional expertise. For this reason, many developed countries have expanded their delegations to include a range of experts. Developing country representation, however, is generally limited to people with technical backgrounds, or those in the diplomatic service with limited experience in the issues.
Climate Change Impacts in Manitoba: IISD President looks at farming, the north, Lake Winnipeg and urban life- Year: 2007
- Author: David Runnalls
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
In March 2007, IISD's President and CEO, David Runnalls, produced a series on four aspects of climate change in Manitoba for the
Winnipeg Free Press: farming, the North, Lake Winnipeg and urban life. The four editorials are presented together here.
Climate Change Mitigation through Land Use Measures in the Agriculture and Forestry Sectors- Year: 2009
- Author: Murphy, De Vit, Nolet
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 36
This paper reviews the status of the post-2012 negotiations on climate change mitigation through land-use measures in the agriculture and forestry sectors. These land-use sectors–agriculture and forestry–can potentially play a large role in the global efforts to address climate change under the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, but they are largely excluded from in the current international policy framework. The paper examines why these sectors are important, how these issues are addressed in the current negotiations, and what are some of the major issues and considerations when considering their inclusion in a new climate change agreement. The conclusion puts forward questions that will need to be addressed over 2009 as the world moves closer toward elaborating a post-2012 regime for international action on climate change.
Climate Change, Competitiveness and Trade- Year: 2007
- Author: Aaron Cosbey, Richard Tarasofsky
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: Chatham House
- Copyright: Chatham House
- Number of pages: 40
- ISBN: 13: 978 1 86203 183 8
From the outset the Kyoto Protocol and the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change have had to contend with perceived tension between effective action to slow climate change and maintenance of competitiveness. The first section of this report explores the nature of the concerns over competitiveness, trying to dissect them in a meaningful way and assess the need for concern. It looks at both the "non-Party problem" — concerns about competing with firms in states without measures to combat climate change—and the "implementation problem": concerns about competing with firms whose governments set up climate change actions in ways that benefit certain sectors.
The second main section of the report considers the relationship between the Kyoto Protocol and the WTO. Kyoto's present provisions do not contain any specific trade measures, but some of the measures taken to implement the Protocol could overlap with WTO rules. The temptation to use more overt trade measures to offset competitiveness losses will grow as Parties consider more stringent targets under future commitment periods or successors to the Protocol. The analysis here asks what trade law might be applicable to each of the various possible instruments states might use to address climate change and competitiveness concerns.
Climate Change, Technology Transfer and Intellectual Property Rights- Year: 2008
- Author: ICTSD
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: ICTSD
- Number of pages: 16
This paper explores how intellectual property rights, particularly as formulated in the rules of the WTO, affect our ability to successfully address climate change. It was prepared for the seminar on
Trade and Climate Change, June 18-20, 2008, in Copenhagen, co-hosted by the Government of Denmark, the German Marshall Fund of the United States and IISD. Maria Julia Olivia is lead author of this paper, produced under ICTSD's Global Platform on Linkages between Trade Policies, Climate Change and Sustainable Energy. Substantive contributions were received from Ricardo Meléndez-Ortiz, Pedro Roffe, Ahmed Abdel Latif and Moustapha Kamal Gueye to this paper. Content and editorial review was provided by several other ICTSD colleagues.
Climate Change, Vulnerable Communities and Adaptation- Year: 2002
- Format: Outreach
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
With the growing threat of climate change and climate-related disasters, it’s imperative that communities be empowered to reduce their vulnerability. Ecosystems can be a buffer against natural hazards, and can sustain people daily and in times of crisis. Still, their protective value is often ignored. IUCN – The World Conservation Union, the International Institute for Sustainable Development and the Stockholm Environment Institute – Boston Centre are working together to strengthen the role of ecosystem management and restoration in reducing community vulnerability, and to spur adaptation to the growing threat of climate-related disasters. By bringing together climate change action, disaster reduction and environmental management, this initiative is identifying and promoting environmental strategies that reduce community vulnerability to our changing climate.
Climate change: A new threat to stability in West Africa? Evidence from Ghana and Burkina Faso- Year: 2008
- Author: Oli Brown, Alec Crawford
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: African Security Review
- Copyright: African Security Review
- Number of pages: 12
Over the past decades, the way we talk about climate change has evolved. Traditionally seen as an environmental and an energy issue, climate change is now also being cast as a threat to international peace and security. Analysts argue that climate change will exacerbate existing tensions and triggers new conflicts by redrawing the maps of water availability, food security, disease prevalence, coastal boundaries and population distribution.
The security implications of climate change have become the subject of unprecedented international attention; in 2007 the focus of a Security Council debate and the Nobel Peace prize. There have been some attempts to construct scenarios of the security implications of climate change at a global scale. But the country-level security impacts of climate change have been lost in the midst of the political rhetoric. Local experts in the subject countries are rarely consulted.
In this article for the September 2008 edition of the African Security Review, published quarterly by the Institute for Security Studies, Africa’s leading human security research institution, Oli Brown and Alec Crawford draw on their fieldwork in Ghana and Burkina Faso to see to what extent the links that have been hypothesized reflect a realistic future for two different countries in West Africa as the impacts of climate change gather pace.
Key findings:
1. Ghana and Burkina Faso already face considerable development challenges from existing economic, population and environmental stresses.
2. Climate change is not new to West Africa. West Africa in general and the Sahelian region in particular are characterized by some of the most variable climates on the planet.
3. Future climate change will likely make many current development challenges more complex and urgent.
4. There are links between climate change and security in the region. However, there is little research that has managed to construct an empirical link between climate change and conflict in the region (or, for that matter, anywhere else).
5. Climate change could exacerbate existing, latent tensions in Ghana and Burkina Faso.
6. But only in the extreme scenarios does climate change begin to present a determining factor in future economic and political instability.
Key recommendation:
Adaptation needs to focus on the full range of development problems affecting countries. Adaptation to climate change clearly needs to be integrated within wider plans for development assistance, and the additional costs for that adaptation need to be funded with “new money” so as not to undercut development priorities elsewhere.
Coming Clean: Corporate Environmental Reporting- Year: 1993
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD & Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu International
- Copyright: Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu International
- Number of pages: 63
- ISBN: 0-942640-03-9
Published by IISD, Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu International, and Sustainability,
Coming Clean reveals how 75 of the leading companies in Europe, Japan and the United States are reporting on their environmental performance and management practices.
An analysis of the trends, audience and the impact of corporate reporting is valuable to companies, their shareholders and interested observers.
Comments on ICSID Discussion Paper, “Possible Improvements of the Framework for ICSID Arbitration”- Year: 2004
- Author: Howard Mann, Aaron Cosbey, Luke Eric Peterson, Konrad von Moltke
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 20
IISD's Investment and Sustainable Development team has responded to a call for comments by the International Centre for Settlement of Investment Disputes (ICSID) on a
public discussion paper which proposes reforms to its handling of international investment treaty arbitrations, including increased transparency and an appeals mechanism. IISD's response calls for a more ambitious reform agenda for ICSID, including its devolution from the World Bank, and calls upon governments to address deficiencies in other international investment arbitration venues as well.
Commodity Income Management: Selected Southeast Asian Economies- Year: 2007
- Author: Hank Lim, Lim Tai Wei
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
The fifth in a series of seven case studies examining national responses to the commodity price problem, this comparative study looks at how Malaysia and Viet Nam have addressed volatility in their palm oil and coffee sectors, respectively.
Palm oil in Malaysia and coffee in Vietnam reflect both successes and failures in stabilizing commodity incomes. It is hoped that recommendations can be drawn from each to improve current revenue management policies throughout Southeast Asia. The Malaysian palm oil sector is long established, with a tradition of success in cultivation and primary production. Conversely, Vietnamese coffee represents a newly-emerging industry which has aggressively engaged the international market to become a global leader in recent years.
The paper begins by presenting the two case studies on commodity dependence. The authors then look into the national approaches used by these countries to manage their commodity revenues, and conclude with recommendations for future courses of action, addressing the failures and gaps in past policies for the focus countries and some of their neighbours.
Commodity Revenue Management: The Case of Chile's Copper Boom- Year: 2007
- Author: Alejandra Ruiz-Dana
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
The sixth in a series of seven case studies examining national responses to the commodity price problem, this paper looks at how Chile has addressed price volatility in its copper sector.
Chile's experiences managing its copper resources are often cited as a success, albeit a recent one. However in becoming the world's largest supplier of the metal, Chile has also grown reliant on the revenues it generates. Since this dependence can be harmful to the economy due to the volatility of copper prices, the Chilean government has taken measures to forestall the impacts of a sudden drop in prices. These measure also seek to address future economic downturns.
This study details the steps Chile has taken to lessen its vulnerability to commodity shocks. It begins with a description of the evolution and current state of the copper industry in Chile. The paper then discusses the government's past and present efforts to collect and administer copper earnings, before analyzing the political, economic and social effects such earnings have. It concludes by considering future scenarios that could potentially impact the the current approach taken by the Chilean government and discusses some policy alternatives.
Commodity Revenue Management: Coffee and Cotton in Uganda- Year: 2007
- Author: Moses Masiga, Alice Ruhweza
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
The second in a series of seven case studies examining national responses to the commodity price problem, this comparative study focuses on how Uganda has addressed price volatility in its coffee and cotton sectors.
Coffee and cotton have been central components of Uganda's economy since the country's independence. However, the price volatility present in both sectors has repeatedly dampened economic growth and threatened producer livelihoods. Failed attempts to address this volatility through supply management have left producers and the government searching for new ways to ensure stable and predictable commodity incomes, incomes upon which economic diversification strategies can be built.
This paper begins with a discussion of the history of coffee and cotton marketing in Uganda. It then examines commodity revenue and price volatility risk for both commodities and some of the approaches taken to manage this risk. The final section of the report presents the authors' recommendations for coffee and cotton revenue management in Uganda.
Commodity Revenue Management: India’s rapeseed/mustard oil sector- Year: 2007
- Author: N.C. Pahariya, Chandan Mukherjee
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
The fourth in a set of seven case studies examining national responses to the commodity price problem, this study looks at how the Indian government and local producers have addressed volatility in the rapeseed/mustard oil sector.
Commodity price volatility is not a new problem in India, however it has grown in the wake of recent liberalization programs and the opening of the domestic sector to the global marketplace. The government and the private sector have tried to stabilize rapeseed/mustard oil prices through the variety of means, including compensatory financing and price hedging on futures markets but few, if any, of these mechanisms have been fully successful.
The paper begins by introducing the rapeseed/mustard oil sector, highlighting its importance to the Indian economy. It then discusses the national revenue management strategies of the rapeseed/mustard oil sector and concludes with recommendations for improving and stabilizing the earnings of the government and the farm sector from rapeseed/mustard oil.
Commonwealth Ministers Reference Book, 2007 - Trade, Aid and Security: an agenda for peace and development- Year: 2007
- Author: Oli Brown
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: The Commonwealth Ministers Reference Book
- Copyright:
In this article for the Commonwealth Ministers Reference Book (CMRB), IISD project manager Oli Brown explores the links among trade, aid and conflict. The CMRB is the flagship annual publication of the Commonwealth Secretariat and is distributed to every government minister in the 53 countries of the Commonwealth. Previous authors for the CMRB include Professors Joseph Stiglitz and Jeffrey Sachs, and U.K. Prime Minister Tony Blair.
Most conflicts nowadays are within states – poor states – and most victims are civilians, not soldiers. Rather than focusing solely on reactive responses to conflict, we need to consider how current policies can have a negative effect – in fact, how they can systematically undermine peace and development. Trade and aid policies are two of the areas that require our attention most. Powerful conduits for money, technology, ideas and influence, they both reflect and reinforce global power disparities and, if poorly designed and managed, can undermine economic and political stability.
Communicating Sustainable Development on the Web- Year: 2001
- Author: Terri Willard
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 25
Excellent external communications practices are essential if an organization is to achieve success in helping decision-makers in government, local authorities and industry to develop and adopt policies and practices that are supportive of sustainable development. "Communicating Sustainable Development on the Web" promotes excellence by encouraging sustainable development organizations to think "Web first" and to know their audiences.
Communities For Environmentally Sustainable Development - Final Report to the Commission on Environmental Cooperation- Year: 1997
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 54
Many towns and cities have realized that in order to make sustainable development a reality, they need to quantify some of its measurable components. Many communities set up measurement and reporting systems. Learning from the experience, successes and challenges of the others can be a strong catalytic force in the process.
Community Adaptation and Sustainable Livelihoods: Basic Issues and Principles- Year: 1996
- Author: Naresh Singh
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 32
Generate and maintain their means of living, enhance their well-being and that of future generations. These capacities are contingent upon the availability of, and accessibility to options which are ecological, socio-cultural, economic and political and are predicated on equity, ownership of resources and participatory decision-making.
Community Drought Mitigation Project Final Report- Year: 1999
- Author: Charles A. Agobia
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 34
Project No. 050/19284
Enhancing sustainable livelihoods in drought-prone areas of Mudzi (Makaha ward) and Gwanda (Gwanda Ward 19) - Building on Adaptive Strategies
A Community Indicators System for Winnipeg: Working together to achieve and sustain a high quality of life for current and future generations - Year: 2005
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD and the United Way of Winnipeg
- Copyright:
- Number of pages: 27
A Community Indicators System for Winnipeg: Working together to achieve and sustain a high quality of life for current and future generations is a document that serves as an operating model and business plan for establishing and managing the system.
The Community Sustainable Development Action and Knowledge Inventory- Year: 2005
- Author: Terri Willard, Eduardo Garcia, Dennis Cunningham
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 59
IISD has developed an inventory tool to help a community document historical and current initiatives being carried out by its citizens. Through the inventory process, the community should gain a better appreciation of the collective knowledge and expertise it has to draw upon—as well as an understanding of how past activities have influenced the types of programs and solutions that the community might view as possible and desirable in the future.
Compendium of Sustainable Development Indicator Initiatives- Year: 2004
- Author: Pintér
- Format: Outreach
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
This brochure invites people to visit IISD's online global directory of sustainability indicator initiatives. At the time of publishing (March 2004), about 600 initiatives were described in the compendium. The compendium was relaunched in 2002 by IISD, Environment Canada and the International Sustainability Indicators Network and can be viewed
here.
Compensatory Finance: Options for tackling the commodity price problem- Year: 2007
- Author: Adrian Hewitt
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 17
Compensatory finance schemes were in vogue in the 1970s because this was a (fairly brief) period of commodity power. Rather than being a permanent adjustment mechanism in a globally Keynesian economy, they were used by industrialised countries as a calming mechanism and an antidote to a Common Fund which threatened over-regulation of commodity markets. Essentially compensatory finance schemes were a political response rather than an economic stabilisation fixture.
The paper reviews in detail the IMF's Compensatory Financing Facility and the EU's Stabex Scheme, and their variants, highlighting their strengths and weaknesses. Both of the main schemes petered out in the 1990s and by then were only missed for their aid allocation elements, rather than for the producer support or insurance function which had been the claimed purpose. They never shrugged off the tendency to be pro- rather than counter-cyclical.
Various efforts at broadening, globalising or updating them have not proceeded because the donors who effectively ran the schemes nowadays prefer interventions like direct budget support or the use of modern communications to improve market intelligence. Nevertheless, when the World Bank and the OECD donors pressed ahead with debt relief, it still found that commodity earnings instability was one of the reasons for their clients to miss their targets. Moreover, with a shift back to commodity production in state hands and sovereign wealth funds investing globally in commodities, and given the more recent security and sustainability concerns, this could be the time to make the case for international public funding of a global stabilisation-via-compensation mechanism again.
Competing for Business: Sustainable Development Impacts of Investment Incentives in Southeast Asia- Year: 2009
- Author: Heike Baumüller
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 51
Recent decades have seen a proliferation of investment incentives around the world, as governments seek to attract increasingly mobile foreign direct investment in the hope of spurring economic growth, raising employment and introducing new technology and know-how. This paper examines the effectiveness of such incentives in attracting FDI and promoting sustainable development in Southeast Asia. Drawing on existing research, the paper assesses the impacts of incentives on economic growth, government revenue, technology and knowledge spillovers, employment and environmental protection. The paper goes on to examine to what extent investment competition within Southeast Asia and with China has influenced the evolution of incentive policies in the region. Finally, the paper loks at how Southeast Asian governments have sought to regulate investment incentives through bilateral investment agreements and the Association of Southeast Asian Nations.
Key findings:
-
Incentive-based FDI competition—initiated by Singapore in the 1960s and emulated by its neighbours—has been identified as one of the key driving forces behind the proliferation of increasingly generous investment incentives offered by Southeast Asian countries. The most widely available incentives are tax incentives and reduced duties on capital goods and raw materials used in export-oriented production.
-
Incentives provided by Singapore, Malaysia and Thailand have played an important role in attracting FDI which in turn has spurred economic development and export growth. However, experiences in Southeast Asia have also shown that incentives are certainly not a sufficient condition for attracting FDI and a number of other factors—such as political stability, social and physical infrastructure, the macroeconomic environment and the level of institutional development—will be equally if not more important in shaping FDI decisions.
-
Local capacities and linkages to the domestic economy are important determinants for FDI to bring new technology and know-how to the recipient country. In Singapore and Malaysia, for instance, FDI constitutes an important source of new technologies. At the other end of the spectrum, technology spillovers have been limited in the region’s least-developed countries.
-
In terms of employment generation, statistics suggest that FDI has helped to create jobs in Southeast Asia, in particular where FDI has served to expand the manufacturing sector. However, employment generation has not always been maximized, notably where investments have focused on capital-intensive sectors and where linkages to the local economy have been limited.
-
Liberalization of Southeast Asia countries’ investment regimes has also been driven by concerns over FDI diversion to China. While China is likely to have diverted some FDI from Southeast Asia, several analyses have concluded that the “China effect” should not be overestimated. In some cases growing FDI inflows to China in fact have helped attract investment to some Southeast Asian countries that are part of the regional production network.
Key recommendations:
-
Whether the benefits of providing incentives in Southeast Asia have indeed outweighed the costs remains difficult to estimate. Importantly, the quantity of investments is not a sufficient indicator to judge the success of incentives. Understanding the complex interplay of incentives, FDI and sustainable development is crucial if governments are to move from reactive to proactive investment policy-making that can effectively use incentives to attract FDI and harness it for economic growth, social development and environmental sustainability.
-
The continued and accelerating economic integration of Southeast Asia through ASEAN, combined with the rapid growth of China, could place further pressure on governments to provide ever more generous incentives. However, the region has yet to move on adopting related provisions. In the longer term, region-wide regulations are needed to ensure that investment incentives benefit the region as a whole without distorting competition and inducing costly bidding wars. Increasing transparency and coordination of incentive schemes will be a prerequisite in this regard.
Compliance with International Standards in the Marine Fisheries Sector: A Supply Chain Analysis from Pakistan - Full Report- Year: 2005
- Author: Shaheen Rafi Khan, Fahd Ali, Azka Tanveer
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 58
A case study of coastal fisheries in Pakistan highlights difficulties faced in complying with foreign harvesting and processing standards. The study undertakes a supply chain analysis in the marine fisheries sector and looks at two links in this chain, namely compliance with international standards in the harvesting and processing stages. The analysis is driven by two concerns. First, failure to comply can adversely affect national exports. Second, the livelihoods of coastal fishing communities are at risk.
Conference Report: Choose the Future: Education for Sustainable Development- Year: 2009
- Author: Robin Gislason, Carolee Buckler, Heather Creech
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: Manitoba Education for Sustainable Development Working Group, IISD
- Number of pages: 78
The Choose the Future: Education for Sustainable Development Conference was held in Winnipeg, Canada, November 26–28, 2008.This international conference was planned for everyone who understands that education is required to sustain our future.“Choose the Future” stands as a major contribution to Canadian activities supporting the United Nations Decade of Education for Sustainable Development (2005–2014).
These proceedings present abstracts of the keynote presentations and the concurrent sessions that took place over the three days. This conference was a project of the Manitoba Education for Sustainable Development Working Group. The Science Teachers Association of Manitoba (STAM) was a major sponsor and partner in the conference.
Conflict-Sensitive Business Practice: Guidance for Extractive Industries- Year: 2005
- Author:
- Format: Book
- Publisher: International Alert
- Copyright: International Alert
- Number of pages: 195
- ISBN: 1-898702-65-9
This publication is a set of tools to help companies understand and minimise conflict risk, and contribute actively to peace. Under the guidance of a steering committee made up of leading professionals from the extractive sector and humanitarian agencies, the research has produced a practical methodology that applies conflict-sensitive business practice to the complete project cycle for the oil, gas and mining sectors. Please
click here for the Project homepage.
Conflict-sensitive conservation: Field report from Queen Elizabeth National Park- Year: 2009
- Author: Rob Craig
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 29
In December 2006, IISD and the Conservation Development Centre (CDC) undertook consultations with a range of fishing, pastoralist and agricultural communities within and adjacent to Queen Elizabeth National Park (QENP) in Uganda. The focus of these consultations was the conflict situations being addressed by the CARE Rights Equity and Protected Areas (REPA) program in and around the park. A workshop was subsequently convened at the CARE office in Kampala, with a specific focus on discussing the conflicts around QENP. The workshop introduced and presented various conflict analysis techniques, which were discussed in both plenary and working group sessions that used real conflict scenarios from QENP to test and to draw out the key learning points and recommendations for the future application of these techniques. This report reflects this field research. It is available in English.
Connecting Poverty and Ecosystem Services: Focus on Kenya- Year: 2005
- Author: Carissa Wong, Marlene Roy, Anantha K. Duraiappah
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD and UNEP
- Copyright: IISD and UNEP
- Number of pages: 31
This is one of a series of seven country scoping studies prepared by the International Institute for Sustainable Development for the United Nations Environment Programme.
Ecosystems provide more than the resources needed for material welfare and livelihoods. In addition to supporting all life and regulating natural systems, they specifically provide health and cultural benefits to people. Moreover, their loss is a significant barrier to the achievement of the Millennium Development Goals related to reduction of poverty, hunger and disease. The Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (MA), released in 2005, reported, though, that 15 of the 23 ecosystem services assessed were being degraded or used unsustainably.
In light of these findings, these seven country scoping studies set out to provide a preliminary overview of ecosystem services in each country and the corresponding constituents and determinants of well-being related to the availability of these services. These studies were prepared by the International Institute for Sustainable Development for the United Nations Environment Programme. Countries examined in this series are Kenya, Mali, Mauritania, Mozambique, Rwanda, Tanzania and Uganda.
Connecting Poverty and Ecosystem Services: Focus on Mali- Year: 2005
- Author: Carissa Wong, Marlene Roy, Anantha K. Duraiappah
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD and UNEP
- Copyright: IISD and UNEP
- Number of pages: 29
This is one of a series of seven country scoping studies prepared by the International Institute for Sustainable Development for the United Nations Environment Programme.
Ecosystems provide more than the resources needed for material welfare and livelihoods. In addition to supporting all life and regulating natural systems, they specifically provide health and cultural benefits to people. Moreover, their loss is a significant barrier to the achievement of the Millennium Development Goals related to reduction of poverty, hunger and disease. The Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (MA), released in 2005, reported, though, that 15 of the 23 ecosystem services assessed were being degraded or used unsustainably.
In light of these findings, these seven country scoping studies set out to provide a preliminary overview of ecosystem services in each country and the corresponding constituents and determinants of well-being related to the availability of these services. These studies were prepared by the International Institute for Sustainable Development for the United Nations Environment Programme. Countries examined in this series are Kenya, Mali, Mauritania, Mozambique, Rwanda, Tanzania and Uganda.
Connecting Poverty and Ecosystem Services: Focus on Mauritania- Year: 2005
- Author: Carissa Wong, Marlene Roy, Anantha K. Duraiappah
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD and UNEP
- Copyright: IISD and UNEP
- Number of pages: 33
This is one of a series of seven country scoping studies prepared by the International Institute for Sustainable Development for the United Nations Environment Programme.
Ecosystems provide more than the resources needed for material welfare and livelihoods. In addition to supporting all life and regulating natural systems, they specifically provide health and cultural benefits to people. Moreover, their loss is a significant barrier to the achievement of the Millennium Development Goals related to reduction of poverty, hunger and disease. The Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (MA), released in 2005, reported, though, that 15 of the 23 ecosystem services assessed were being degraded or used unsustainably.
In light of these findings, these seven country scoping studies set out to provide a preliminary overview of ecosystem services in each country and the corresponding constituents and determinants of well-being related to the availability of these services. These studies were prepared by the International Institute for Sustainable Development for the United Nations Environment Programme. Countries examined in this series are Kenya, Mali, Mauritania, Mozambique, Rwanda, Tanzania and Uganda.
Connecting Poverty and Ecosystem Services: Focus on Mozambique- Year: 2005
- Author: Carissa Wong, Marlene Roy, Anantha K. Duraiappah
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD and UNEP
- Copyright: IISD and UNEP
- Number of pages: 36
This is one of a series of seven country scoping studies prepared by the International Institute for Sustainable Development for the United Nations Environment Programme.
Ecosystems provide more than the resources needed for material welfare and livelihoods. In addition to supporting all life and regulating natural systems, they specifically provide health and cultural benefits to people. Moreover, their loss is a significant barrier to the achievement of the Millennium Development Goals related to reduction of poverty, hunger and disease. The Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (MA), released in 2005, reported, though, that 15 of the 23 ecosystem services assessed were being degraded or used unsustainably.
In light of these findings, these seven country scoping studies set out to provide a preliminary overview of ecosystem services in each country and the corresponding constituents and determinants of well-being related to the availability of these services. These studies were prepared by the International Institute for Sustainable Development for the United Nations Environment Programme. Countries examined in this series are Kenya, Mali, Mauritania, Mozambique, Rwanda, Tanzania and Uganda.
Connecting Poverty and Ecosystem Services: Focus on Rwanda- Year: 2005
- Author: Carissa Wong, Marlene Roy, Anantha K. Duraiappah
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD and UNEP
- Copyright: IISD and UNEP
- Number of pages: 33
This is one of a series of seven country scoping studies prepared by the International Institute for Sustainable Development for the United Nations Environment Programme.
Ecosystems provide more than the resources needed for material welfare and livelihoods. In addition to supporting all life and regulating natural systems, they specifically provide health and cultural benefits to people. Moreover, their loss is a significant barrier to the achievement of the Millennium Development Goals related to reduction of poverty, hunger and disease. The Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (MA), released in 2005, reported, though, that 15 of the 23 ecosystem services assessed were being degraded or used unsustainably.
In light of these findings, these seven country scoping studies set out to provide a preliminary overview of ecosystem services in each country and the corresponding constituents and determinants of well-being related to the availability of these services. These studies were prepared by the International Institute for Sustainable Development for the United Nations Environment Programme. Countries examined in this series are Kenya, Mali, Mauritania, Mozambique, Rwanda, Tanzania and Uganda.
Connecting Poverty and Ecosystem Services: Focus on Tanzania - Year: 2005
- Author: Carissa Wong, Marlene Roy, Anantha K. Duraiappah
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD and UNEP
- Copyright: IISD and UNEP
- Number of pages: 33
This is one of a series of seven country scoping studies prepared by the International Institute for Sustainable Development for the United Nations Environment Programme.
Ecosystems provide more than the resources needed for material welfare and livelihoods. In addition to supporting all life and regulating natural systems, they specifically provide health and cultural benefits to people. Moreover, their loss is a significant barrier to the achievement of the Millennium Development Goals related to reduction of poverty, hunger and disease. The Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (MA), released in 2005, reported, though, that 15 of the 23 ecosystem services assessed were being degraded or used unsustainably.
In light of these findings, these seven country scoping studies set out to provide a preliminary overview of ecosystem services in each country and the corresponding constituents and determinants of well-being related to the availability of these services. These studies were prepared by the International Institute for Sustainable Development for the United Nations Environment Programme. Countries examined in this series are Kenya, Mali, Mauritania, Mozambique, Rwanda, Tanzania and Uganda.
Connecting Poverty and Ecosystem Services: Focus on Uganda- Year: 2005
- Author: Carissa Wong, Marlene Roy, Anantha K. Duraiappah
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD and UNEP
- Copyright: IISD and UNEP
- Number of pages: 38
This is one of a series of seven country scoping studies prepared by the International Institute for Sustainable Development for the United Nations Environment Programme.
Ecosystems provide more than the resources needed for material welfare and livelihoods. In addition to supporting all life and regulating natural systems, they specifically provide health and cultural benefits to people. Moreover, their loss is a significant barrier to the achievement of the Millennium Development Goals related to reduction of poverty, hunger and disease. The Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (MA), released in 2005, reported, though, that 15 of the 23 ecosystem services assessed were being degraded or used unsustainably.
In light of these findings, these seven country scoping studies set out to provide a preliminary overview of ecosystem services in each country and the corresponding constituents and determinants of well-being related to the availability of these services. These studies were prepared by the International Institute for Sustainable Development for the United Nations Environment Programme. Countries examined in this series are Kenya, Mali, Mauritania, Mozambique, Rwanda, Tanzania and Uganda.
Connecting with the World- Year: 1996
- Author: IISD
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 40
Connecting with the World: Priorities for Canadian Internationalism in the 21st Century- Year: 1996
- Author: Maurice Strong
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IDRC
- Copyright: IDRC, IISD, NSI
- Number of pages: 33
Investing in communications technologies and linking centres of knowledge across the world to promote the sharing of information can address the critical needs of developing countries and bring significant benefits to Canada, according to a report from a task force headed by Maurice Strong. The task force was comprised of nine leading Canadian experts in international development and foreign affairs. The Report was released on November 18, 1996. It contains recommendations aimed at moving Canada towards being a "knowledge broker" to developing countries.
Conservation in Conflict: The impact of the Maoist-Government conflict on conservation and biodiversity in Nepal- Year: 2005
- Author: Mark L. Murphy, Krishna Prasad Oli, Steve Gorzula
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 29
Nine years of conflict between Maoist rebels and the government in Nepal has killed more than 12,000 people and displaced hundreds of thousands more. The conflict has also halted conservation programs and disrupted the management of protected areas across large parts of the country. This paper analyzes the impacts of the Maoist-government conflict on the environment, on biodiversity and on conservation organizations in Nepal.
Conserving the Peace: Analyzing the links between conservation and conflict in the Albertine Rift- Year: 2006
- Author: Anne Hammill, Oli Brown
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 31
Strategy Report prepared following the Project Inception Meeting in Nairobi, 1-2 February 2006.
The Albertine Rift is host to some of Africa's richest biodiversity, as well as the site of some of its most intense social and political upheavals. Conservationists working in the region are faced with mounting socio-economic pressures that not only threaten biodiversity but make their jobs more challenging and potentially dangerous. This calls for adaptive and innovative approaches to planning, implementing and evaluating conservation interventions so that they minimize risks and address some of the root causes of threats to conservation.
This paper charts the variety of forms of conflict that conservationists in the Albertine Rift face. It then analyzes seven conflict assessment tools that conservationist might use to obtain a better, more systematic understanding of conflict in their project area, assess how their interventions could affect conflict dynamics and use this understanding to design and implement activities that will avoid or mitigate conflict.
Conserving the Peace: Resources, Livelihoods and Security- Year: 2002
- Author: Mark Halle, Richard Matthew, Jason Switzer
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 408
- ISBN: 1-895536-62-6
Conserving the Peace is a collection of case studies illustrating the relationships among security, the environment and human well-being. Collectively, the studies make the case that conservation activities can motivate peace-building, thereby creating a stable future for all.
Consistently Inconsistent: Addressing income volatility among cocoa producers in Ghana and Côte d'Ivoire- Year: 2007
- Author: Jason Gibson
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
The first in a series of seven case studies examining national responses to the commodity price problem, this paper focuses on the effects of cocoa price volatility on national and household incomes in Ghana and Cote d'Ivoire.
Despite being geographical neighbours, Ghana and Cote d'Ivoire have pursued divergent cocoa production and export policies over the past two decades. Using their respective successes and failures as a starting point, this case study recommends several policy options for national and international policy makers to help stabilize cocoa-related incomes in the face of highly volatile cocoa prices on the world market.
Consolidated financial Statements of International Institute for Sustainable Development- Year: 2001
- Author: Deloitte & Touche
- Format: Report
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 14
Consolidated Financial Statements of the International Institute for Sustainable Development, 2001-2002- Year: 2002
- Author: IISD
- Format: Report
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 17
The Consolidated Financial Statements of the International Institute for Sustainable Development, reflecting the year ending March 31, 2002, are available in English and French.
Consolidated Financial Statements of the International Institute for Sustainable Development, 2002-2003- Year: 2003
- Author: IISD
- Format: Report
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 11
The Consolidated Financial Statements of the International Institute for Sustainable Development, reflecting the year ending March 31, 2003, are available in English and French.
Consolidated Financial Statements of the International Institute for Sustainable Development, 2003-2004- Year: 2004
- Author: IISD
- Format: Report
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
The Consolidated Financial Statements of the International Institute for Sustainable Development, reflecting the year ending March 31, 2004, are available in English and French.
Consolidated Financial Statements of the International Institute for Sustainable Development, 2004-2005- Year: 2005
- Format: Report
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
The Consolidated Financial Statements of the International Institute for Sustainable Development, reflecting the year ending March 31, 2005, are available in English and French.
Consolidated Financial Statements of the International Institute for Sustainable Development, 2005-2006- Year: 2006
- Format: Report
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
The Consolidated Financial Statements of the International Institute for Sustainable Development, reflecting the year ending March 31, 2006, are available in English and French.
Continental Drift: Fractured multilateralism, regional trade agreements and the prospects for peace- Year: 2006
- Author: Oli Brown
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
With the WTO faltering and the Doha development round in trouble, regionalism is on the rise.
Oli Brown investigates the security implications of the growth of regional trade agreements in this presentation which was given at the biennial conference of the International Peace Research Association in Calgary, Canada, in June 2006.
Contributing to Global Solutions: How Canada Corps can make a difference- Year: 2004
- Author: Heather Creech, Carolee Buckler
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Canada Corps was announced by the Canadian government in February 2004. It is an ambitious program designed to "harness the energy and experience of Canadian experts, volunteers and young professionals to deliver international assistance in the areas of governance and institution building." IISD offers five recommendations on how the initiative can achieve maximum success.
Cooperative Climate: Energy Efficiency Action in East Asia- Year: 2006
- Author: Taishi Sugiyama, Stephanie Ohshita
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: CRIEPI, University of San Francisco; and IISD
- Number of pages: 137
- ISBN: 1-895536-92-8
Energy efficiency is high on the policy agenda in East Asia. How can we promote it most effectively? To answer this,
Cooperative Climate reviews existing energy efficiency policy and international cooperation in East Asia. Drawing upon the rich lessons, an environmentally-effective, politically-feasible and cost-effective solution is proposed: an independent and dedicated Policy Development Fund for energy efficiency.
Design issues and a wide range of concrete projects under the Fund are discussed and future scenarios are considered. The authors conclude that fostering effective regional cooperation on energy efficiency is an important and practical way for East Asia to fight climate change.
Coping with global change - vulnerability and adaptation in Indian agriculture- Year: 2003
- Author: Suruchi Bhadwal, Preety Bhandari, Akram Javed, Ulka Kelkar, Karen O'Brien, Stephan Barg
- Format: Book
- Publisher: TERI
- Copyright: TERI
- Number of pages: 26
- ISBN: 81-7993-022-X
This monograph presents an ongoing research project, which
attempts to study the impacts of climate change in the context of
ongoing economic changes, and how these will affect the adaptive
capacity of Indian farmers. This collaborative project is being carried
out by TERI, India; the Centre for International Climate and
Environmental Research – Oslo, Norway; and the International
Institute for Sustainable Development, Canada, and will be completed
in March 2004. The methodology combines vulnerability mapping
with participatory appraisals in villages, and places emphasis on
understanding physical, socio-economic, and policy factors that can
enhance or constrain coping capacity.
Corporate Responsibility in the Age of Irresponsibility: A symbiotic relationship between CSR and the financial crisis?- Year: 2009
- Author: Flavia Thomé
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD, Triple Bottom-Line
- Copyright: IISD, Triple Bottom-Line
In this commentary, originally published in December 2008 by
Triple Bottom-Line, IISD Program Administrator Flavia Thomé looks at the future of corporate responsibility in light of economic turmoil. Three future paths are explored. "The causes of this turmoil are multifaceted. Although many issues remain unclear, there are a couple of conclusions to take from the crisis," she writes. "The first is that this was a crisis of responsibility, or lack thereof. The second is that it will only be repaired by the re-establishment of trust between companies (especially those in the financial sector) and their stakeholders. Logically, this presents a perfect entry-point for CSR to be finally recognized by the business community as a force of necessary good and long-term sustainability. The emphasis placed by CSR on the role of corporations in the larger social and environmental contract is key in preserving an ideal equilibrium of confidence and
responsibility."
Corporate Social Responsibility: An Implementation Guide for Business- Year: 2007
- Author: Paul Honen, Jason Potts
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 115
- ISBN: 978-1-895536-97-3
The critical role of companies in implementing sustainable development internationally is widely recognized. Increasingly, corporate social responsibility (CSR) is being acknowledged not only as a key to risk mitigation but also as a core element for building corporate value. This guide, designed for businesses operating in the international context, provides an overview of the basic steps to, and instruments for, implementing a CSR strategy adapted specifically to your business or organizational context.
The Costs and Benefits of Compliance with International Environmental Standards - Full Report- Year: 2003
- Author: Mahvash Saeed Qureshi, Shaheen Rafi Khan, Shahrukh Rafi Khan, Mahmood A. Khwaja
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 71
The research quantifies the micro level costs and benefits associated with
compliance with international environmental standards in the textile and
leather sectors, assesses the role of the public and private sectors in
implementing pollution mitigation measures and identifies existing gaps. The
analysis confirms the win-win premise that both efficiency and environmental
gains result from compliance with international environmental standards. A
combination of importer specifications and efficiency gains ensure
compliance within the universe of exporters. At the same time, certain grey
areas relating to transparency and accountability need to be explored
further.
The Costs and Benefits of Compliance with International Environmental Standards - Summary- Year: 2003
- Author: Mahvash Saeed Qureshi, Shahrukh Rafi Khan, Shaheen Rafi Khan, Mahmood A. Khwaja
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 17
The research quantifies the micro level costs and benefits associated with
compliance with international environmental standards in the textile and
leather sectors, assesses the role of the public and private sectors in
implementing pollution mitigation measures and identifies existing gaps. The
analysis confirms the win-win premise that both efficiency and environmental
gains result from compliance with international environmental standards. A
combination of importer specifications and efficiency gains ensure
compliance within the universe of exporters. At the same time, certain grey
areas relating to transparency and accountability need to be explored
further.
Cotonou Investment Agreement - Year: 2003
- Author: von Moltke
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 45
The Cotonou Agreement creates a new framework for the relationship between the European Union and its African, Caribbean and Pacific (ACP) partners. This analysis, prepared for the Commonwealth Secretariat, shows that the Cotonou Agreement represents a remarkably hospitable environment for an investment agreement that actually takes sustainable development seriously. But the analysis also shows that negotiating such an agreement will be difficult.
Countdown Forests- Year: 1996
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
A Briefings Series on substantive issues in the international forest policy dialogue.
Critical Internet Uncertainties: How will governance, evolution and growth of the Internet affect sustainable development?- Year: 2008
- Author: Maja Andjelkovic, Tony Vetter, Heather Creech
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
In 2006, IISD began to explore how the future of the Internet, its development and deployment, might affect progress towards sustainable development. As an early adopter of the Internet and the Web as our primary communications channel, we saw, as did thousands of other institutions, the potential for innovation and collaboration supported by a growing global infrastructure. But this potential may now be at some risk, given a number of critical uncertainties related to the governance of the system, the evolution of the technology, and concerns over its security and stability.
We have chosen to use scenarios as a methodology for better understanding what the future of the Internet might look like, and how possible futures might contribute to, or lead away from, sustainable development.
The introduction to this paper contains a brief description of what we are beginning to understand as the “Global Connectivity System” followed by an outline of the important choices the stakeholders and actors within that system are facing. Our goal is to stimulate further inquiry through illustration, rather than, at this stage, provide an exhaustive treatment of the issues or a comprehensive analysis of policy choices.It is written as much for the sustainable development community, which is for the most part, unfamiliar with the emerging challenge of managing global connectivity, as it is for those with more technical backgrounds, who are immersed in the details of particular choices but seek to better understand the broader implications of Internet policy decisions for global futures.
Critical Success Factors and Performance Measures for Start-up Social and Environmental Enterprises (Report for the SEED Initiative Research Program) - Year: 2008
- Author: David Boyer, Heather Creech, Leslie Paas
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD, SEED
- Copyright: IISD, SEED
- Number of pages: 44
Eight critical success factors and fourteen performance indicators identified through this investigation form the basis for a robust rapid assessment process for social and environmental enterprises. Such a process can be self directed by the enterprise leaders, to determine in the early stages of their development whether they have the critical elements in place for successful growth.
Cutting our Losses? Reducing the illegal trade in natural resources, Bangkok- Year: 2004
- Author: Brown
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
A report from a workshop discussing policy responses to the illegal trade in natural resources, arranged by IISD and held at the World Conservation Congress in Bangkok, November 2004.
The Dashboard of Sustainability Brochure- Year: 2001
- Author: IISD
- Format: Outreach
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
It is too easy for people, communities and governments to dismiss achievements
and failures on the path toward sustainability. Sustainable development is a complex phenomenon to measure as it requires specific, sophisticated and specialized work to produce a meaningful device.
The Dashboard of Sustainability is a truly meaningful device.
As it evolves, we will have a better understanding of our progress toward
sustainability and the ability to inform policy-making for the betterment of all people.
Your support will contribute toward the development of the Dashboard and, ultimately, toward significant progress toward sustainable development.
Dating the Decision-Makers: Moving from Communications to Engagement- Year: 2001
- Author: Terri Willard
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 28
This paper focuses on the particular challenges of developing and implementing engagement strategies in the context of formal knowledge networks. In addition to outlining the theoretical basis for engagement strategies, it provides practical advice on their development and implementation in network contexts.
Designing Policies in a World of Uncertainty, Change and Surprise – Adaptive Policymaking for Agriculture and Water Resources in the Face of Climate Change- Year: 2006
- Author:
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD, TERI
- Copyright: IISD, TERI, IDRC
- Number of pages: 186
Climate change introduces huge unknowns for policy-making. A key challenge to mainstreaming climate adaptation is developing policies that are robust to this highly uncertain future. In this Phase I Research Report, the International Institute for Sustainable Development and The Energy and Resources Institute analyze existing and past policies in the water and agricultural sectors to better understand the features that make policies adaptive to changes in underlying conditions. The study found that "no-regrets" policies and automatic adjustment based on triggers and actions improve adaptability to anticipated conditions. Principles for intervening in complex systems yield many insights for improving policy adaptation to unanticipated conditions, as do structured learning processes such as scheduled policy review and re-adjustment.
Designing Work for Sustainability- Year: 1994
- Author: Naresh Singh, Jacqueline Romanow, Cynthia Pollock Shea, Carol Amaratunga
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 62
- ISBN: 1-895536-24-3
Progress in sustainable development is made when there are mutually reinforcing advances in the social, economic and ecological spheres of human interactions with nature. Progress in any one sphere without consideration of its impacts on the others could be self-defeating. In recognition of these interlinkages, IISD offered to the First PrepCom of the World Summit for Social Development (WSSD) a report on
Sustainable Development and the World Summit for Social Development: conceptual and practical linkages among sustainable development, poverty eradication, productive employment and social integration.Determining Demand for Energy Services: Investigating income-driven behaviours- Year: 2003
- Author: Guertin, Kumbhakar, Duraiappah
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 44
ABSTRACT: Conventional residential energy demand models are concerned with estimating fuel use (for example, gas, electricity and oil) demand. In this paper, we propose a residential energy demand model that is based on the demand for energy services, namely space heating load, water heating load, and appliance and lighting load. The model is developed using Canadian household data. We estimate the demand for energy services using a two-step estimation procedure. In the first step we compute the efficiencies for furnaces and water heaters for each of the 440 households using a deterministic frontier analysis. In the second step, the estimated furnace and water heater efficiencies are used to determine the demand for energy services. Price elasticities are expressed as a linear function of income to highlight income-related behaviour. Despite limitations with the database, the results show a clear variation in behavioural responses to changes in price and in income across the income groups and energy services. Low-income households are more responsive to price and income changes than higher-income households, while all households are more responsive to price changes than income changes. Space heating load presents the strongest distributional effect with a factor two between price elasticities of the low- and high-income groups. Results also confirmed the rebound effect with respect to the efficiency of furnaces and water heaters. This effect is quite noticeable with furnace efficiency. We used the rebound effect to design a policy that could help lower-income groups cope with increases in energy prices.
A Developing Connection: Bridging the Policy Gap between the Information Society and Sustainable Development.- Year: 2005
- Author: Terri Willard, Maja Andjelkovic, Steve Vosloo, Wainaina Mungai, Margarita Salas, Anusha Lall, Atanu Garai, Diogo André de Assumpção, Amira Sobeih
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 220
- ISBN: 1-895536-77-4
In "A Developing Connection," seven young researchers from six countries look at the emerging relationship between sustainable development and the information society. The potential of information and communications technology to contribute to a more sustainable world is limitless. The challenge is to bring the policy communities together and help them understand the links. In this volume, some important challenges are outlined—and some important examples of success are highlighted.
Developing Ideas- Year: 1996
- Format: Newsletter
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Developing Ideas was published bi-monthly by the International Institute for Sustainable Development, from Jan/Feb 1996 to May/June 1999.
Its aim was to provide a digest of the 'hottest' ideas shaping the international sustainable development dialogue every couple of months. The information contained in Developing Ideas was gathered from formal and informal surveys of opinion-leaders and literature in the field. Please consult the Issue Index for a complete list of the topics covered.
Developing a Sustainability Indicators System to Measure the Well-being of Winnipeg’s First Nations Community: Framework Development and the Community Engagement Process (Preliminary Report)- Year: 2008
- Author: Christa Rust
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD, AMC
- Number of pages: 28
First Nations people have been counted and studied since the time of early contact. The data that have been collected have largely been used to tell stories about First Nations people, not tell First Nations stories. Developing an indicator system for Winnipeg's First Nations community is an opportunity for the First Nations people of the city to tell their story.
Since 2007, IISD has been working with the Assembly of Manitoba Chiefs (AMC) to measure the well-being of Winnipeg's First Nations community. Measures were sought to illuminate the current state of the urban First Nations community, what course the community is on, and how far the community is from its vision of the future. With this knowledge comes the power to effect positive change, celebrate success, and reconnect and empower the community.
The project was designed with a grassroots approach that directly engaged the community members to accurately frame, identify and measure the well-being of the community through a series of semi-structured forums. In these forums, First Nations people and their service sector providers were directly involved in helping us understand the community's issues and concerns.
This document, published in July 2008, is the second output of the joint project to develop a sustainability indicators system for Winnipeg's First Nations community. The document describes indicator framework selection, project methodology and the information collected throughout the community engagement process.
The Development Box (IISD Trade and Development Brief, Number 5 of 9, 2003)- Year: 2003
- Author: IISD
- Format: Newsletter
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
This paper is one in a series of nine briefing papers prepared by the International Institute for Sustainable Development for the Swiss Agency for Development and Cooperation (SDC). Each of the papers focuses on an issue of particular importance for sustainable development in the South in the WTO’s current round of negotiations—the so-called Doha Development Agenda. The aim of the series is to set out, in brief and uncomplicated style, what is at stake in those negotiations for those concerned with international development and the environment.
Did WSIS Miss the Point? An information society vision disconnected from sustainable development- Year: 2005
- Author: Maja Andjelkovic
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
The second phase of the World Summit on the Information Society was held in Tunis in November, with virtually no mention of sustainable development. Negotiations between the first phase in 2003 and this phase of the Summit centred on three main subjects: Internet governance; financing strategies; and implementation mechanisms for the Geneva Action Plan. While there were some "positives" resulting from the summit, writes IISD Associate Maja Andjelkovic, "the lack of focus on sustainable development in the WSIS process is worrisome: without some clear, broader societal goals in mind, the information society may turn out to be unsustainable.
Discussion Paper on an Environment Outlook for Canada- Year: 2007
- Author: Dale S. Rothman
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 24
This document provides background information on a proposed Environment Outlook for Canada coming out of a series of consultation activities and research. It provides scoping results, conclusions and recommendations. At this point, it is clear that there is broad interest in some form of an EOC, in terms of both the products it could produce and the processes it would engender. Still, a number of challenges and opportunities have been identified which need to be addressed in moving forward. These include the feasibilities, costs and risks of various options for an Environment Outlook for Canada. It is recommended that the next steps in the process of an EOC focus on continued discussions with potential collaborators within and outside of Environment Canada in order to further explore these issues, leading to the development of a formal proposal for consideration by the fall of 2007.
Distributive Impacts from a Kyoto Policy- Year: 2003
- Author: Subal C. Kumbhakar, Chantal Guertin, Anantha K. Duraiappah
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 24
FROM THE INTRODUCTION: In this paper, we develop a welfare model based on consumer surplus and run a number of simulations looking at the welfare losses accruing from energy price increases caused by a shift to reduce carbon emissions by six per cent of 1990 levels. The price increases we use for this paper are derived from the MARKAL-EQUITY model (Guertin 2002). The energy demand function and the respective price elasticities used in this model are similar to the functions used in the MARKAL-EQUITY model.
Doha Round Briefing Series (2005)- Year: 2005
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD, ICTSD
- Copyright: IISD, ICTSD
- Number of pages: 48
This set of 13 briefs gives insight and background for the 13 key negotiating issues in the Doha Round. Written in the run-up to the WTO's 6th Ministerial Conference in Hong Kong (December 2005), they assess the state of progress on each issue, and highlight the major points of interest from a sustainable development perspective.
Doha Round Briefing Series - Issue 1 of 13 - Implementation-related Issues and Concerns- Year: 2003
- Author: IISD , ICTSD
- Format: Newsletter
- Publisher: IISD and ICTSD
- Copyright: IISD and ICTSD
Click here to download the August 2003 update of this paper (87 kb)
The first of a series prepared by the International Institute for Sustainable Development and the International Centre for Trade and Sustainable Development. Implementation issues usually refer to compliance with one’s negotiated obligations. In the lead-up to the Seattle Ministerial Conference in 1999, however, developing countries began to view implementation in terms of addressing imbalances in the Uruguay Round Agreements, which they felt had hindered the realisation of meaningful gains from the new system of rules. Such imbalances include the lack of implementation of certain commitments and obligations on the part of developed countries (including special and differential treatment provisions, see Doha Round Briefing No. 13) as well as difficulties encountered by developing countries in implementing their new obligations.
Doha Round Briefing Series - Issue 10 of 13 - Trade, Debt and Finance- Year: 2003
- Author: IISD , ICTSD
- Format: Newsletter
- Publisher: IISD and ICTSD
- Copyright: IISD and ICTSD
Click here to download the August 2003 update of this paper (57 kb)
The tenth of a series prepared by the International Institute for Sustainable Development and the International Centre for Trade and Sustainable Development. In the preamble of the Doha Declaration, trade ministers recognised that the "challenges Members face in a rapidly changing international environment cannot be addressed through measures taken in the trade field alone," and decided to "continue to work with the Bretton Woods institutions for greater coherence in global economic policy-making." The Declaration introduces abinding mandate for Members to examine the relationship between trade, debt and finance in the WTO. To this end, ministers established a Working Group on Trade, Debt and Finance (WGDTF), open to all Members, to operate within the permanent structure of the WTO.
Doha Round Briefing Series - Issue 11 of 13 - Trade and Transfer of Technology- Year: 2003
- Author: IISD , ICTSD
- Format: Newsletter
- Publisher: IISD and ICTSD
- Copyright: IISD and ICTSD
Click here to download the August 2003 update of this paper (58 kb)
The eleventh of a series prepared by the International Institute for Sustainable Development and the International Centre for Trade and Sustainable Development. The Doha Ministerial Declaration has, for the first time in the history of the multilateral trading system, introduced a binding mandate for WTO Members to examine the relationship between trade and technology transfer. To this end, ministers established a Working Group on Trade and Transfer of Technology (WGTTT), open to all Members, to operate within the permanent structure of the WTO.
Doha Round Briefing Series - Issue 12 of 13 - Technical Assistance and Capacity-building- Year: 2003
- Author: IISD , ICTSD
- Format: Newsletter
- Publisher: IISD and ICTSD
- Copyright: IISD and ICTSD
Click here to download the August 2003 update of this paper (72 kb)
The twelfth of a series prepared by the International Institute for Sustainable Development and the International Centre for Trade and Sustainable Development. Technical assistance (TA) and capacity-building (CB) are among the key foundations on which consensual support for the Doha mandate rests. It was the oil that smoothed the way towards developing countries’ acceptance of a broad-based new round of talks including, for the first time, issues such as the environment and — at least potentially — investment, competition policy, transparency in government procurement and trade facilitation.
Doha Round Briefing Series - Issue 13 of 13 - Special and Differential Treatment- Year: 2003
- Author: IISD , ICTSD
- Format: Newsletter
- Publisher: IISD and ICTSD
- Copyright: IISD and ICTSD
Click here to download the August 2003 update of this paper (69 kb)
The thirteenth of a series prepared by the International Institute for Sustainable Development and the International Centre for Trade and Sustainable Development. One of the most contentious issues to face the multilateral trading system is the debate over differentiated rights and obligations between developed and developing countries. While it is now generally agreed that countries at lower levels of development should be accorded more favourable treatment, the form and content of such treatment remains hotly contested.
Doha Round Briefing Series - Issue 2 of 13 - Agriculture- Year: 2003
- Author: IISD , ICTSD
- Format: Newsletter
- Publisher: IISD and ICTSD
- Copyright: IISD and ICTSD
Click here to download the August 2003 update of this paper (73 kb)
The second of a series prepared by the International Institute for Sustainable Development and the International Centre for Trade and Sustainable Development. Agriculture and services are the only areas where negotiations on further trade liberalisation are mandated in the WTO Agreements themselves. These talks started on schedule in 2000, but no noticeable progress was made until broader negotiations were launched in November 2001.
Doha Round Briefing Series - Issue 3 of 13 - Trade in Services- Year: 2003
- Author: IISD , ICTSD
- Format: Newsletter
- Publisher: IISD and ICTSD
- Copyright: IISD and ICTSD
Click here to download the August 2003 update of this paper (145 kb)
The third of a series prepared by the International Institute for Sustainable Development and the International Centre for Trade and Sustainable Development. Like the Agreement on Agriculture, the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS) contains a ‘built-in agenda’ mandating Members to reopen market access negotiations on services by 1 January 2000. As provided for in GATS Article XIX:3, Members adopted "negotiating guidelines and procedures" (‘Guidelines’, S/L/93) for these negotiations in March 2001.
Doha Round Briefing Series - Issue 4 of 13 - Market Access for Non-Agricultural Products- Year: 2003
- Author: IISD , ICTSD
- Format: Newsletter
- Publisher: IISD and ICTSD
- Copyright: IISD and ICTSD
Click here to download the August 2003 update of this paper (65 kb)
The fourth of a series prepared by the International Institute for Sustainable Development and the International Centre for Trade and Sustainable Development. Reducing tariffs and non-tariff barriers on industrial goods was the core of multilateral trade negotiations under the GATT and remains central to the negotiations agreed in Doha under the WTO. Most countries support this mandate, although many developing countries and, in particular, small economies are concerned about loss of government revenue, the potential weakening of their competitiveness, and the expected erosion of preferential access margins vis-à-vis other developing country competitors. In addition, they have also been alarmed by reports indicating that reductions in tariff and non-tariff barriers will disproportionately benefit developed countries.
Doha Round Briefing Series - Issue 5 of 13 - Intellectual Property Rights- Year: 2003
- Author: IISD , ICTSD
- Format: Newsletter
- Publisher: IISD and ICTSD
- Copyright: IISD and ICTSD
Click here to download the August 2003 update of this paper (73 kb)
The fifth of a series prepared by the International Institute for Sustainable Development and the International Centre for Trade and Sustainable Development. In what many described as an ‘historic’ development, the TRIPs Council — at the request of the African Group and supported by many developing countries — took up the issue of intellectual property rights and access to medicines in June 2001 at a time when the WTO was coming under increasing criticism for allegedly impeding developing countries’ access to medicines. The subsequent long and difficult discussions culminated in the adoption of the Doha Declaration on the TRIPs Agreement and Public Health in November 2001 in which countries stressed that the TRIPs Agreement did not and should not prevent Members from taking measures to protect public health.
Doha Round Briefing Series - Issue 6 of 13 - The Singapore Issues- Year: 2003
- Author: IISD , ICTSD
- Format: Newsletter
- Publisher: IISD and ICTSD
- Copyright: IISD and ICTSD
Click here to download the August 2003 update of this paper (74 kb)
The sixth of a series prepared by the International Institute for Sustainable Development and the International Centre for Trade and Sustainable Development. The 1996 Singapore Ministerial Declaration mandated the establishment of working groups to analyse issues related to investment, competition policy and transparency in government procurement. It also directed the Council for Trade in Goods to "undertake exploratory and analytical work […] on the simplification of trade procedures in order to assess the scope for WTO rules in this area." Most developing countries were unconvinced of the necessity or value of negotiating multilateral rules on these issues, which they see as being of primary interest to developed economies.
Doha Round Briefing Series - Issue 7 of 13 - Negotiations on WTO Rules- Year: 2003
- Author: IISD , ICTSD
- Format: Newsletter
- Publisher: IISD and ICTSD
- Copyright: IISD and ICTSD
Click here to download the August 2003 update of this paper (71 kb)
The seventh of a series prepared by the International Institute for Sustainable Development and the International Centre for Trade and Sustainable Development. The inclusion of trade remedy and subsidy rules in the Doha Round was a victory for developing countries. As frequent targets of anti-dumping and countervailing investigations — and subsequent import duties — on industrialgoods, they had pushed for tightening disciplines on the use of remedies since before the WTO’s failed Seattle Ministerial Conference. To secure a negotiating mandate in Doha, the ‘Friends of Anti-dumping Negotiations’ — a group comprising 14 developing and developed WTO Members — had toovercome stiff resistance from the United States, which views trade remedies (i.e. anti-dumping and countervailing duties) as an essential tool of its trade policy. While not a ‘Friend’, the EU conceded pre-Doha that in order to achieve a negotiating mandate acceptable to all Members, concerns on trade remedyagreements would have to be addressed despite the issue’s political sensitivity. This view finally prevailed in Doha, albeit with the potentially significant proviso that the negotiations must "preserve the basic concepts, principles and effectiveness of these Agreements."
Doha Round Briefing Series - Issue 8 of 13 - Review of the Dispute Settlement Understanding- Year: 2003
- Author: IISD , ICTSD
- Format: Newsletter
- Publisher: IISD and ICTSD
- Copyright: IISD and ICTSD
Click here to download the August 2003 update of this paper (59 kb)
The eighth of a series prepared by the International Institute for Sustainable Development and the International Centre for Trade and Sustainable Development. Among the Uruguay Round’s final documents, a 1994 Ministerial Decision agreed to a “full review of dispute settlement rules and procedures under the World Trade Organisation within four years after the entry into force of the Agreement Establishing the World Trade Organisation.” Ministers further agreed to “take a decision on the occasion of [their] first meeting after the completion of the review, whether to continue, modify or terminate such dispute settlement rules and procedures.” Members agreed to complete the review by 1 January 1999, which was later extended to 31 January 1999. The exercise yielded no concrete conclusions, however, and the review languished in an inconclusive limbo until ministers agreed in Doha to “improve and clarify” the Dispute Settlement Understanding (DSU). These negotiations have been taking place in special sessions of the Dispute Settlement Body since March 2002 (DSB).
Doha Round Briefing Series - Issue 9 of 13 - Trade and Environment- Year: 2003
- Author: IISD , ICTSD
- Format: Newsletter
- Publisher: IISD and ICTSD
- Copyright: IISD and ICTSD
Click here to download the August 2003 update of this paper (72 kb)
The ninth of a series prepared by the International Institute for Sustainable Development and the International Centre for Trade and Sustainable Development. As the principal demandeur for WTO negotiations on environmental issues, the European Union, supported by Japan, Norway and Switzerland, pushed hard for their inclusion in the Doha Ministerial Declaration.
Domestic Import Regulations for Genetically Modified Organisms and their Compatibility with WTO Rules - Full Report- Year: 2003
- Author: Heike Baumuller
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 44
This paper surveys the regulatory regimes in key importing countries for imports of genetically modified agricultural products. It is updated to August 2003.
Domestic Import Regulations for Genetically Modified Organisms and their Compatibility with WTO Rules - Summary- Year: 2003
- Author: Heike Baumuller
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 9
This paper surveys the regulatory regimes in key importing countries for imports of genetically modified agricultural products. It is updated to August 2003.
Early Lessons from Implementation of Climate Change Adaptation Projects in South-eastern Africa - Workshop Report- Year: 2007
- Author: Adéle Arendse, Rosa Blaauw, Jo-Ellen Parry
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD, SSN
- Copyright: IISD, SSN
- Number of pages: 29
In April 2007, the International Institute for Sustainable Development and SouthSouthNorth co-hosted the workshop "Early Lessons from the Implementation of Climate Change Adaptation Projects in Eastern and Southern Africa." The two-day workshop brought together over 50 representatives of non-governmental organizations, government departments and donor agencies to discuss and share experiences related to ongoing and planned adaptation projects in the region. The workshop report captures observations shared, concerns identified and insight gained into new approaches to climate change adaptation.
EarthEnterprise: Tool kit- Year: 1994
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 172
- ISBN: 1-895536-34-0
This book is designed to help entrpreneurs and innovators build new kinds of business through research, networking, and sharing ideas.
Based on the original research by a team of experts who work throughout Canada and the United States, the
Tool Kit provides the insights and contacts needed by small and medium-sized enterprises that are successful because they meet today's growing demand for environmentally and socially responsible products and services.
The
Tool Kit includes the following:
- How to understand green consumers;
- Descriptions of the forces driving green market growth;
- Names of companies wanting green suppliers;
- How environmental laws give new market opportunities;
- Getting the best from new technology; and
- Lists of capital and investment sources.
Eating the Dry Season: Labour mobility as a coping strategy for climate change- Year: 2007
- Author: Brown
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
In this commentary, Oli Brown notes that the international regulation of labour migration, adaptation to climate change and capacity building in vulnerable countries are inherently intertwined. Clearly, he writes, there has to be a balance of policies that promotes the incentives for workers to stay in their home countries while not closing the door on international labour mobility.
Ecohealth and Watersheds: Ecosystem Approaches to Re-integrate Water Resources Management with Health and Well-being- Year: 2008
- Author: Margot W. Parkes, Karen E. Morrison, Martin J. Bunch, Henry David Venema
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD and NESH
- Number of pages: 74
Our health and well-being are linked to the watersheds in which we live, but our experience with managing watersheds for health is limited. This publication presents a new field of research, policy and practice that is addressing this need by focusing on watersheds as settings to integrate ecosystem management and public health.The reader is introduced to a range of international innovations—including two complementary approaches to health and the environment: ecohealth, which argues that human health and well-being are not only dependent on ecosystems but are also important outcomes of effective ecosystem management; and watershed-based integrated water resources management (IWRM), which is based on the premise that watersheds are appropriate units for managing social-ecological systems.
The benefits of IWRM for health, social equity and social-ecological resilience are examined, emphasizing the potential role of well-managed watershed systems as buffers against environmental hazards and disasters, as well as new-generation settings for governance, social learning and human well-being. The paper highlights the need for integrated frameworks and governance—especially those that can speak to the converging agendas of public health, development and water resources management communities. Key issues are described, laying the foundations for future research, policy and outreach.
A stand-alone
Executive Summary (PDF - 120 kb) in English, Spanish and French is also available.
Ecological Rules and Sustainability in the Americas- Year: 2002
- Author: Jorje Zalles, Marie Claire Segger (Cordonier Gehring), Nicolás Lucas, Ana Karina Gonzales, Mindahi Bastida Muños, Mónica Araya
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 154
- ISBN: 1-895536-58-8
A Free Trade Area of the Americas (FTAA) is being
negotiated, and aims to form a trading bloc stretching from
Alaska to Tierra del Fuego by the year 2005 as part of a
larger integration agenda. Parallel to this undertaking, environment
ministers of the Americas met for the first time at Montreal
in 2001 to discuss hemispheric cooperation on ecological
issues. Countries of the Americas are parties to sub-regional
environmental cooperation arrangements, members of the
UNEP Forum of LAC Environment Ministers and parties
to Multilateral Environmental Accords (MEAs) which use
trade measures, successfully, to support environmental goals.
How can new trade policies support environmental protection
in the Americas? Can the integration process lead to a
new, strengthened ecological cooperation agenda? If so,
what are the key problems that require solutions, which
instruments already exist and what are the prospects for a
new regime, or even a network of regimes?
Ecological Rules and Sustainability in the Americas is the second
in a series meant to strengthen hemispheric information,
capacity and analysis on trade and sustainability issues.
The study examines existing and potential trade, environmental
and social regimes in the Americas. This research
summary, by applying IISD’s Winnipeg Principles on trade
and sustainable development to a network of over 272 relevant
global, hemispheric, sub-regional and bilateral environmental
instruments, provides recommendations for new
ecological cooperation agendas in the Americas.
Economic and Environmental Impacts of First Generation Genetically Modified Crops: Lessons from the United States - Full Report- Year: 2003
- Author: Charles Benbrook
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 47
This paper surveys the recent scientific literature in the U.S. to try to find lessons for policy-makers in Argentina, where GM soy, maize and cotton are in use. It finds that if the efficiency of GM crops and glyphosate (Roundup) are to be preserved, there must be changes to cropping techniques used in Argentina.
Economic and Environmental Impacts of First Generation Genetically Modified Crops: Lessons from the United States - Summary- Year: 2003
- Author: Charles Benbrook
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 15
This paper surveys the recent scientific literature in the U.S. to try to find lessons for policy-makers in Argentina, where GM soy, maize and cotton are in use. It finds that if the efficiency of GM crops and glyphosate (Roundup) are to be preserved, there must be changes to cropping techniques used in Argentina.
Economic Issues Raised by Treatment of Takings under NAFTA Chapter 11- Year: 2002
- Author: Graham
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 29
This paper served as one of the background papers for the IISD-Institute for International Economics collaborative meeting on Investment Law and Sustainable Development. Graham looks at the idea of "regulatory takings" from a public welfare economics perspective and finds problems with what some have argued to be the proper interpretation of expropriation under Chapter 11.
Economy Report: Canada Trade and Environment Policy and Practice- Year: 1998
- Author: Aaron Cosbey
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 25
The government of Canada’s perspectives on the issues of trade and environment need to be understood in the context of the economy’s strong dependence on trade as an engine of growth and a backbone of economic activity. Roughly one of every three jobs in Canada depends on exports, and exports of goods and services in 1997 were equivalent to more than 40% of GDP -- the highest ratio of goods and services exports to economic output among the G-7 nations.
Effective Communications & Engagement: Research Partnerships for Sustainable Development- Year: 2002
- Author: Heather Creech
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IIED, RING
- Copyright: IIED, RING
- Number of pages: 2
Communications and engagement strategies are essential. From the beginning, research partners must build relationships with those they seek to inform, influence, and work together with for change. Partners must constantly look at how they will move their knowledge not just outward to broad audiences, but directly into practice.
The Effects of Climate Change on Recreation and Tourism on the Prairies - A Status Report- Year: 1999
- Author: IISD
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 13
Outdoor recreation is extremely dependent on the natural resource base and the weather. The resource base determines what kind of activities take place - for example, without water people cannot go swimming or sailing- while the weather determines when the activity will take place. Recreational choices are not only affected by the weather but also by socio-economic factors such as cultural norms, levels of disposable income, school/other holidays, the attractions present and the attractions offered elsewhere.
Electrical and Electronic Equipment - Environmental impacts of trade liberalization- Year: 2007
- Author: Charit Tingsabadh, Pracha Jantarasarsophon
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 6
Thailand's electrical and electronic equipment (EEE) sector has expanded dramatically over the past decade and has been among the main sectors contributing to export-led growth in the country. This rapid expansion has raised a number of environmental concerns relating to production processes, the generation of EEE waste (or e-waste) and recycling capacities. The paper assesses how trade liberalization in the EEE sector could harm the environment, while highlighting the commercial benefits that could arise from promoting production methods that minimize such impacts. It concludes by outlining options for government policy-making, private sector engagement and capacity building to improve the sector's environmental performance.
Key findings:
-
Thailand ranks among the top three EEE producers in the region (along with China and the Philippines) that together accounted for nearly one third of the value of world EEE exports in 2003.
-
The production of EEE consumes significant amounts of raw metal and energy while contributing to soil and water contamination.
-
The volume of e-waste, which often contains high levels of hazardous or toxic substances that can seep into the soil and groundwater, has grown at an alarming rate of 12 per cent per annum.
-
The development of recycling activities is hampered by failure to enforce existing waste control regulations and lack of market-based incentives to encourage stakeholders to take an active role in waste management.
-
Measures to minimize or recycle e-waste could provide opportunities for increasing competitiveness, accessing foreign markets and responding to consumer demand.
Key recommendations:
-
Take steps to urgently enact the draft Thai WEEE Act as a framework for the public and private sectors involved in the EEE sector.
-
Support the development of the domestic EEE de-manufacturing industry through the use of Board of Investment (BOI) incentives and other tax measures on waste discharge.
-
Encourage the Thai EEE industry to play a proactive role in terms of building innovation in product design and working with government agencies to meet the challenges of increasingly rigid environmental requirements in export markets.
-
Raise awareness of effective waste management strategies among de-manufacturers and recyclers, including through training and certification.
Embodied Carbon in Traded Goods- Year: 2008
- Author: Kejun Jiang, Aaron Cosbey, Debora Murphy
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 13
This paper looks at the concept of embodied carbon in traded goods, asking how it might change the ways in which we account for GHG emissions at the international level, and the ways in which nations might address the challenge of climate change. The paper was prepared for the seminar on
Trade and Climate Change, June 18-20, 2008, in Copenhagen, co-hosted by the Government of Denmark, the German Marshall Fund of the United States and IISD.
The Emerging International Framework for Accreditation- Year: 2002
- Author: David H. Stanger
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 11
There is a significant amount of international effort being put into the development of an international framework for the mutual recognition of conformity assessments. Recognizing the importance of this to the research undertaken under this project, IISD commissioned this paper by David Stanger, which outlines the latest international developments in private conformity assessment services. Stanger is Director General of the International Union of Independent Laboratories, and participates actively on the Joint Committee for Closer Cooperation (JCCC) between the International Accreditation Forum (IAF) and the International Laboratory Accreditation Cooperation (ILAC).
The Emperor Needs New Clothes: Failure in Hong Kong will represent a significant setback even if it is dressed in the clothes of success- Year: 2005
- Author: Mark Halle
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
There are two ways to avoid failure, writes IISD’s Director of Trade and Investment, Mark Halle, on the eve of the 2005 WTO Ministerial meeting in Hong Kong. The first is to succeed; the second is to “agree that a significantly more modest result is acceptable and declare it a success.” Failure to move negotiations forward in Hong Kong will represent a setback, even if the result is dressed in the clothes of success.
Employment and Sustainable Development: Opportunities for Canada- Year: 1994
- Author: Cynthia Pollock Shea
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 54
- ISBN: 1-895536-28-6
This report documents dozens of economic development strategies that are financially viable, environmentally restorative, and socially responsible.
Ideas such as retro-fitting buildings to be more energy efficent, investing in aquaculture, and improving the environment performance of the tourism industry are valuable to three sectors ripe for private sector expansion, and are applicable and of interest to an international audience.
Environmental and information technologies, improved management of natural resources and value-added processing of fish, forestry, and agricultural products are also highlighted. Improved cooperation among public, private and community sectors is a central theme.
Empowerment for Sustainable Development: Towards Operational Strategies- Year: 1995
- Author: Vangile Titi, Naresh C. Singh
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 25
Engaging Stakeholders in Support of Sustainable Development Action
Decision-makers Summary
Empowerment: Towards Sustainable Development- Year: 1995
- Author: Vangile Titi, Naresh Singh
- Format: Book
- Publisher: Fernwood Publishing and Zed Books
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 198
- ISBN: 1-85649-374-1
Making sustainable development a reality-through empowerment.
While fashionable rhetoric threatens to overwhelm clear thinking in sustainable development, the authors of this study believe that serious and fifficult questions need to be asked if we are to move from the concept to the practice of sustainable development.
In particular, it is too easy to assume a positve relation between poverty reduction and an improved environment. Instead the authors argue that poverty alleviation and sustainable development are only likely if the idea of empowerment and its practical institutionalization in the law, the educational process and the machinery of government become a reality.
This innovative book explores the multiple ways in which this approach could become a reality, as well as the difficulties that stand in the way.
Enabling Corporate Investment in Peace: An Assessment of Voluntary Initiatives Addressing Business and Violent Conflict, and a Framework for Policy Decision-making- Year: 2004
- Author: Jason Switzer, Halina Ward
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD, DFAIT
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 98
This report was commissioned by the Canadian Department of Foreign Affairs and International Trade (DFAIT) to review the voluntary codes, guidelines and initiatives that address the relationship between business and violent conflict. It suggests a framework through which public policy makers can encourage more-responsible investment.
Engaging Young People in the Policy Change Process Lessons from the Information Society and Sustainable Development / Next Generation Policy Directions Project- Year: 2006
- Author: Dolma Dongtotsang, Maja Andjelkovic, Terri Willard
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 22
This paper explores our most recent learnings about how to realize the potential of young people to influence decision-makers in their own countries. The paper introduces readers to young researchers from Egypt, South Africa, Kenya, India, Brazil, Costa Rica, Canada and the Philippines. Their work on in the information society and sustainable development is discussed further
here.
ENRAP II: Knowledge networking for rural development in Asia. A Mid Term Review- Year: 2005
- Author: Heather Creech, Terri Willard, Saik Yoon
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IDRC
- Number of pages: 95
A
short version of this paper is also available.
The International Fund for Agricultural Development and the International Development Research Centre commissioned a mid term review of the second phase of ENRAP: Knowledge Networking for Rural Development in the Asia/Pacific Region. The report analyzed the functioning of the ENRAP program and suggested adjustments and lessons learned. In addition, the authors provided insight into what ENRAP might do in future with respect to the use of information and communications technology and knowledge sharing within and across its projects in the region.
Ensuring Development-supportive Accession of Least-developed Countries to the WTO: Learning from Nepal- Year: 2008
- Author: Ratnakar Adhikari, Navin Dahal, Manisha Pradhananga
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Nepal was the first least-developed country (LDC) to become a Member of the World Trade Organization (WTO) through the accession process in April 2004. Apart from achieving broad-based growth, Nepal envisaged using WTO membership for disciplining its trading partners, improving market access, benefiting from the special and differential treatment (S&DT) within the WTO system for LDCs and securing transit rights to the sea.
Given that a number of LDCs are at various stages of the WTO accession process, learning from Nepal's experience can prove vital for ensuring that they gain maximum benefit from their WTO membership. Several lessons have emerged out of the analysis of Nepal's accession process, commitments and implementation:
Key findings:
-
Nepal's accession process for WTO membership was strenuous and time-consuming. Despite a commitment by WTO Members to simplify and streamline the negotiating process for LDCs, Nepal had to complete the same complex steps as non-LDCs. Nepal faced difficulty especially in the six rounds of bilateral negotiations as Members usually made stringent demands during these negotiations.
-
Despite an assurance by the WTO membership to exercise restraint in seeking concessions and commitments on trade in goods and services from acceding LDCs, Nepal's commitments in the WTO are more stringent than incumbent LDC Members and even many developing country Members. Acceding LDCs have been asked to make commitments that are not commensurate with their level of economic development, capacity and their trade and financial needs.
-
The technical assistance Nepal received during its accession process proved vital to prepare the complex documentation and build capacities of the private sector and government officials on WTO issues. In contrast, the technical assistance that the country received after WTO membership has been inadequate. In particular, assistance has been lacking to help the country address supply-side constraints that prevent it from benefiting from WTO membership. As a result, Nepal's WTO membership has not helped the country to achieve its policy objectives related to trade, i.e., trade diversification and narrowing the trade deficit.
-
Compared to the commitments made by Cambodia, another recently acceded LDC Member, Nepal has been able to negotiate better terms of accession. This was possible due to stakeholder participation and the technical assistance Nepal received during the accession process. However, while analyses and discussion forums offered by civil society groups allowed the Nepalese government to avoid more onerous commitments in some cases, the majority of stakeholders felt that they were left out from the accession process.
Key recommendations:
-
There is an urgent need to translate Members' commitment to simplify the accession process for LDCs into action. In particular, the WTO should incorporate a specific provision that acceding LDCs will not be required to enter into bilateral negotiations on market access.
-
Acceding LDCs should not be required to undertake higher level of commitments than those made by the founding LDCs of the WTO, nor should they be asked to make commitments on any of the WTO's plurilateral agreements or to participate in other optional sectoral market access initiatives.
-
Moreover, given the importance of the agricultural sector in the economies of LDCs, particularly its role in human development, food security and rural development, LDCs should not be required to make commitments on tariffs. LDCs should also have access to simplified safeguard mechanisms.
-
More emphasis needs to be placed on providing technical assistance to implement LDCs' accession commitments. In order to make technical assistance binding, implementation of the commitments should be made conditional on the receipt of timely and effective assistance.
-
There is also a need for technical assistance to enable LDC Members to harness the potential benefits of WTO membership as a tool for promoting human development, including by addressing supply-side constraints.
-
To enhance the ownership of the WTO accession and implementation processes, acceding countries should be supported to put in place a formal, institutionalized mechanism for involving all the stakeholders in the process.
Environment and Development Decision Making in Africa 2006-2008- Year: 2008
- Author: Richard Sherman
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
The twelfth Ordinary Session of the African Ministerial Conference on the Environment (AMCEN) convenes from 7-12 June 2008 in Johannesburg, South Africa, under the theme "Enhancing the implementation of the action plan for the environment initiative of the New Partnership for Africa's Development (NEPAD)." AMCEN-12 provides a forum for African environment ministers to address the emerging environmental challenges in Africa, particularly those related to climate change and adaptation, and international environmental governance. This Institutional History report places AMCEN-12 in the broader context of decision making for environment and development in Africa. It focuses on how Africa's intergovernmental bodies and Africa's development partners are supporting sustainable development in Africa. The report provides a historical overview of AMCEN, including its many milestone decisions and programs, as well as an overview of NEPAD. The report also provides an overview of key meetings,
decisions and declarations on environment and development as they relate to the key AMCEN priorities of: Africa's development needs; biodiversity and wildlife management; climate change; chemicals management; and desertification, food security and land.
Environment and Globalization: Five Propositions- Year: 2007
- Author: Adil Najam, David Runnalls, Mark Halle
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 54
The processes that we now think of as "globalization" were central to the environmental cause well before the term "globalization" came into its current usage. Global environmental concerns were born out of the recognition that ecological processes do not always respect national boundaries and that environmental problems often have impacts beyond borders; sometimes globally. Connected to this was the notion that the ability of humans to act and think at a global scale also brings with it a new dimension of global responsibility—not only to planetary resources but also to planetary fairness.
While the importance of the relationship between globalization and the environment is obvious, our understanding of how these twin dynamics interact remains weak. The current debate on globalization has, unfortunately, become de-linked from its environmental roots and contexts. The purpose of this study is to explore these linkages in the context of the current discourse.
This work is a product of the "Environment and Governance Project" of the International Institute for Sustainable Development. This research was conducted independently by IISD with financial support from the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Government of Denmark.
The Environment and our Security: how our understanding of the links has changed- Year: 2005
- Author: Oli Brown
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 10
Environmental degradation and the exploitation of natural resources are recognized as important drivers of violence between and within states, contributing to poverty and state failure.
This paper charts our evolving understanding of the complex relationship between environmental change and security, a debate that has developed considerably since the UN Conference on the Human Environment, held in Sweden in 1972.
It attempts to outline the major theoretical approaches and to arrive at some conclusions as to what we do know about the links between the environment and our security. Finally, the paper makes some suggestions for practical policies that can ensure environmental management is supportive of both peace and sustainable development.
Environment and Security: A Framework for Cooperation in Europe - Brochure- Year: 2003
- Author: IISD
- Format: Outreach
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Environment and Security: Transforming Risks Into Cooperation - The Case of the Southern Caucasus- Year: 2004
- Author: UNDP, UNEP, OSCE, Jason Switzer
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: UNDP, UNEP, OSCE
- Number of pages: 34
The Southern Caucasus—composed of Armenia, Azerbaijan, and Georgia—has long been a focal point for change, a bridge between Asia and Europe. Today, social, political and economic transformations are altering century-old relationships between countries and communities, affecting and being affected by the natural environment. In the worst case, environmental stress and change could undermine security in the region. In the best, sound environmental management and technical cooperation can be a means for strengthening security in the Southern Caucasus, while promoting sustainable development. What priority actions can be taken to harness the environment for peace?
The United Nations Development Programme, United Nations Environment Programme and the Organization for Security and Co-operation in Europe have joined forces in the Environment and Security (ENVSEC) Initiative to offer countries their combined pool of expertise and resources in order to identify and mobilize resources towards those priorities. At the invitation of the governments of Armenia, Azerbaijan and Georgia, ENVSEC was extended to the countries of the Southern Caucasus in 2004.
This report—available in both Russian and English—presents through maps and graphics the linkages between environmental stress, potential social tension and areas of particular vulnerability in the Southern Caucasus, as identified by stakeholders from the countries:
-
Environmental degradation and access to natural resources in areas of conflict;
-
Management of cross-border environmental concerns: cross-border water resources, natural hazards, and industrial and military legacies; and
-
Population growth and rapid development in capital and other major cities.
It sets out the basis for addressing these linkages through:
-
In depth vulnerability assessment, early warning and monitoring of “at risk” areas;
-
Policy development and implementation; and
-
Institutional development, capacity building and advocacy.
Environment and Sustainable Development Policy Development in K–12 Schools in Manitoba and Canada An initial exploration- Year: 2008
- Author: Heather Creech, Marlene Roy, Carolee Buckler
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 34
As part of IISD's involvement with Manitoba Education, Citizenship and Youth and the UNESCO Decade of Education for Sustainable Development, this paper was prepared as an initial look at environmental and sustainable development policy development in Manitoba and Canada. The paper includes numerous examples of school and district initiatives from Canada and other jurisdictions. As the document points out, this is still relatively new territory for kindergarten to Grade 12 schools.
Environment and Trade: A Handbook- Year: 2000
- Author: UNEP, IISD
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: UNEP, IISD
- Number of pages: 84
- ISBN: 1-895536-21-9
A Second Edition of Environment and Trade: A Handbook was published in 2005. The new edition is available in English only.
This handbook has been developed to highlight the relationship between environmnet and trade. The primary aim is to foster a broader understanding of these interlinkages to enable governments to develop practical approaches to integrating these policies. It is possible, but by no means automatic, that trade and environmental policies should support each other in achieving their objectives. Close integration of these policies is necessary to maximize the benefits that trade can bring to increase human welfare and economic development more sustainably.
The handbook is also available in a continually updated Web version at both
http://www.unup.ch/etu and
http://www.iisd.org/trade/handbook. Here, readers can link to on-line articles and analyses that go into greater depth on the themes covered in the print version. The Web version will also have other resources, such as a compendium of trade and environment disputes and links to other sites of interest.
Environment and Trade: A Handbook - Second Edition- Year: 2005
- Author: UNEP, IISD
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: UNEP, IISD
- Number of pages: 142
- ISBN: 1-895536-85-5
This handbook, a joint effort of the International Institute for Sustainable Development and the United Nations Environment Programme, is aimed mainly at those with some knowledge about trade, environment or development, but not expert on the intersection of the three. It is also a practical reference tool for policy-makers and practitioners. But the target audience is not just government policy-makers; the media and public will also find it useful. The handbook uses clear language and a minimum of jargon.
The handbook should help us understand how trade can affect the environment, for better and for worse, and how environmental concern can work through the trading system to foster or frustrate development in both rich and poor countries.
The
first edition of the handbook (2001) was a widely acclaimed success, and it has now been completely updated for 2005, with new sections on the Doha agenda and regional trade and investment agreements, as well as analysis of new WTO panel rulings.
Environmental and Other Labelling Of Coffee: The Role of Mutual Recognition, Supporting Cooperative Action- Year: 2004
- Author: TerraChoice Environmental Service Inc.
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD,UNCTAD,CEC
- Number of pages: 52
This paper is a revised "working draft" version of a study originally prepared for the Commission for Environmental Cooperation on Mexican shade-grown coffee and was used as a discussion document for the meeting "Sustainability in the Coffee Sector: Exploring the Opportunities for International Cooperation. The paper examines progress and outstanding obstacles to/opportunities for collaboration among labelling and standards initiatives. It also provides:
- an overview of environmental labelling of products in general, and of environmental labelling initiatives related to coffee;
- an introduction to the concept of "mutual recognition" and related issues;
- examples of "mutual recognition" and "enhanced cooperation" initiatives in the area of environmental labelling; and
- consideration of the potential roles of enhanced cooperation and mutual recognition with respect to environmental labelling schemes for coffee.
Environmental and Trade Implications of China's WTO Accession -- A Preliminary Analysis- Year: 2000
- Author: Hu Tao, Wanhua Yang
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 19
Prepared for - The Working Group on Trade and Environment China Council for International Cooperation on Environment and Development
Environmental Assessment and Saskatchewan's First Nations: A resource handbook- Year: 2008
- Author: Rust, McLeod
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
The resource handbook is the first output of this project. It is intended to provide an overview of environmental assessment and be a helpful resource for Saskatchewan’s First Nations communities. The document was developed based on needs identified by community leaders and resource personnel. The goal of the resource handbook is to improve basic understanding of environmental assessment, identify how communities can be involved and where resources can be accessed.
Environmental Change and the New Security Agenda: Implications for Canada’s security and environment- Year: 2008
- Author: Oli Brown, Alec Crawford, Christine Campeau
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 34
This paper investigates how environmental change and Canadian security are interlinked. First, it attempts to chart the ways in which global environmental change (such as climate change and environmental mismanagement) affect Canada's domestic security and the welfare of Canadian interests overseas. Three particular challenges stand out: the first is the struggle for control of shipping routes across a warming Arctic; the second is the hunt for new sources of energy; and the third is environmental security in regions of diplomatic, economic and military importance to Canada.
Second, the paper analyzes the links between environment and security from the opposite direction. We assess the environmental implications of Canada's current national security focus on the prevention of terrorism. This approach to Canadian security, which we call "the new security agenda," has been evolving since the early 1990s in response to the growing threat of international terrorism.
In a world of competing priorities and limited budgets, this has inevitably brought the new security agenda into direct competition with other areas of federal policy—including environmental management. The way Canada and its allies pursue their security can have both positive and negative consequences for the environment that must be incorporated into any cost-benefit analysis of Canadian policy; in terms of governance and regulatory impacts, the scope for effective environmental management and the direct environmental impacts of new security measures. Two aspects of the new security agenda have particular relevance for the Canadian environment: the North American quest for energy independence and increased border security.
In essence, this paper argues the environment and its management is not just a "soft policy area"—it can have real security implications. Nevertheless, the environment is still typically seen as an optional "add-on" in times of peace and prosperity, to be ignored in times of stress and conflict. In a globalized world shaped by global environmental problems, this might be a dangerously short-sighted approach.
Environmental Goods Negotiations- Year: 2005
- Author: Sandeep Singh
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 13
This paper analyzes possible approaches for ensuring a balance in trade gains in the ongoing WTO negotiation on environmental goods. It begins with a realistic assessment of the negotiations under Para 31(iii) of the Doha Ministerial Declaration and touches upon the progress made in the negotiations so far vis-à-vis different Members' positions. It suggests that a combination of Special and Differential Treatment provisions and bringing environmentally preferable products of export interest to developing countries in the ambit of environmental goods, could offer a balanced deal to the developing countries.
IISD acknowledges the generous support of the Swiss Agency for Development and Cooperation (SDC) in the publication of this paper.
Environmental Health and International Trade- Year: 2005
- Author: Aaron Cosbey, Luke Eric Peterson, László Pintér
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 29
This paper is aimed at fleshing out the various linkages that exist between trade policy (broadly defined to cover investment, intellectual property rights, goods, services, etc.) and environmental health. It is an analysis of the potential impact pathways by which trade policy might affect environmental health, based on a review of the literature and on the authors’ knowledge of trade-environment and assessment issues.
The paper serves as a first step in a journey of exploration, trying to gauge the feasibility and desirability of incorporating environmental health aspects in Canada’s environmental assessments of trade liberalization agreements and also briefly consider the implications of the surveyed linkages for the prospects for environmental health impact assessment of trade policy.
Environmental Impact of Cotton Production and Trade- Year: 1998
- Author: Tariq Banuri
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 62
The purpose of this paper is to explore prospects and mechanisms for a transition to sustainable production of cotton and cotton products in Pakistan (and more generally in the South), and the effect of international trade on such prospects. The analysis looks at the differing capacities for change in the different sections of the cotton commodity chain, and explores the policy implications.
Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Costs Associated with Cloth and Leather Exports from Pakistan - Full Report- Year: 1999
- Author: Shahrukh Rafi Khan, Abdul Matin Khan, Sajid Kazmi, Haider Ghani, Mahmood A. Khwaja
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 47
This study looks at two key export industries in Pakistan: the leather industry and the cotton and textiles industry. It estimates the environmental impacts of trade liberalization along the lines laid out in the Uruguay Round's Agreement on Agriculture, focusing on increases in production to fill expanded quotas. The projected increases in pollution, assuming current technologies, are significant. It also estimates the costs in both sectors of adopting clean technologies, and finds these to be in most cases quite low.
Environmental Impacts of the ASEAN-China Free Trade Agreement on the Greater Mekong Sub-Region- Year: 2008
- Author: Vutha Hing, Hossein Jalilian
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 61
Using the free trade agreement concluded between China and the Association of Southeast Asian Nations in 2004 as an example, this study seeks to illustrate the interaction between FTAs, trade and the environment. Based on an analysis of the agreement’s impacts on trade flows between China and its five trading partners in the Greater Mekong Sub-region (Cambodia, Lao PDR, Vietnam, Myanmar and Thailand), the paper examines the likely effects of these changes on pollution levels. A case study of Cambodia elaborates on other environmental issues arising from increases in agricultural production and natural resource exploitation.
Key findings:
-
Overall, trade between China and the GMS has increased significantly since the signing of the ASEAN-China FTA, in particular for goods whose tariff rates were reduced under the ACFTA. A similar trend can be observed in Cambodia, although some exports eligible for lower tariffs have seen a relatively slow increase due to difficulties faced by exporters in meeting China’s import standards for agricultural products such as cassava, live animals and fish.
-
Two thirds of the trade volume between China and the GMS countries is in products that fall into the least polluting sectors (i.e. those sectors that emit total toxic pollution of less than 500 pounds per million USD of production), while a third is in products that fall into the most polluting sectors (i.e. more than 1,500 pounds per million USD of production). The level of pollution intensity generated by the latter sector is significant and likely to grow.
-
Within the GMS trade structure, China is the major producer of goods in the most polluting sectors, which means that much of the GMS-wide pollution intensity originates in China. In the case of Cambodia, rising imports in the most polluting sectors from China have led to a substantial “gain” from trade for the Cambodian environment, but this has come at the cost of environmental degradation in China.
-
There is considerable trade in natural resources within the GMS, such as minerals, agricultural commodities and wood, and in products derived from these resources. Increased trade in natural resource-based products raises serious environmental concerns over resource depletion. These impacts are of particular concern in Cambodia given its heavy reliance on natural resource-based exports to China, existing environmental challenges (including loss of forest cover, depletion of inland fisheries, degradation of coastal resources and loss of biodiversity) and weak environmental regulation.
Key recommendations:
-
The absence of provisions concerning environmental cooperation in the ACFTA suggests significant shortcomings in regional economic policy making. While it is important for GMS countries to pursue further trade liberalization and deepen economic integration to sustain economic growth, environmental issues must be considered and included in trade negotiations and agreements in order to mitigate negative environmental consequences of trade.
-
In Cambodia, improving natural resource governance, including by addressing shortages of skilled staff, insufficient budget allocations, overlaps in functional areas among responsible agencies and poor physical facilities, needs to be a key priority for the government as well as the donor and civil society communities.
-
Due to data limitations and the short time since the finalisation of the ACFTA, this study only provides a very preliminary assessment of the agreement's trade and environment impacts. Additional research would be needed to get a better understanding of the causal links between ACFTA and changes in trade flows, the consequences of increased trade in natural resource-based products on resource sustainability, and the social impacts of trade expansion under the ACFTA and its environmental impacts.
Environmental Impacts of Trade Liberalization in the Bio-diesel Sector of the Lao PDR- Year: 2008
- Author: Phaychith Sengmany
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Lao relies heavily on the import of oil. A switch to locally-produced bio-fuel sources may not only help alleviate that dependency, but also provide a new economic opportunity for Lao PDR. This paper provides an overview of the bio-diesel sector in light of increasing trade liberalization between Lao PDR and its key trade partners. It seeks to explore the environmental issues, both positive and negative, surrounding the trade liberalization of the bio-diesel sector, while also flagging key environmental factors to be considered in trade negotiations.
Key findings:
-
With limited natural mineral and oil resources, Lao PDR relies on imports of fuel for transport and industry. The recent rise in crude oil prices and the rapidly-growing demand for oil in China have highlighted the importance of developing an efficient energy policy, including alternative energy sources.
-
The rational for the government's plans to increase the production and use of biofuels is based on the premise of potential positive environmental and social impacts, notably the mitigation of climate change through greenhouse gas abatement, conservation of fossil fuels, security of energy supply and maintaining employment in the agricultural sector.
-
There are real concerns about the environmental and social impacts associated with bio-diesel production such as the conversion of natural forests to mono-crop plantations, conversion of land to food crop production for biofuels, expansion of biodiesel crop cultivation into areas with rich biodiversity and endangered species, and water pollution from the use of fertilizers and pesticides.
-
While many government policies and regulations indirectly govern the biodiesel sector, a cohesive national policy on biofuels does not exist at present and will require coordination between government ministries and provincial authorities.
Key recommendations:
-
mainstream environmental considerations into bio-diesel policy and regulation development processes—for example, conduct a strategic environmental assessment of the national biofuel policy in coordination with the ministries and provincial authorities concerned, which clearly outlines environmental and social policies and is integrated with, and included in, a national energy production and management plan; and
-
encourage the private sector to adopt best practices by strengthening the strategic environmental assessment process to ensure the private sector addresses environmental and social issues of their operations in Lao PDR and by providing incentives to attract investment from both domestic and foreign sources to develop suitable bio-diesel crops in line with strategic environmental assessment findings.
Environmental Impacts of Trade Liberalization in the Hydropower, Mining and Construction Material Sectors of Lao PDR- Year: 2008
- Author: Tom Callander
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
In Lao PDR, investment has been booming in the industrial sectors of mining, hydropower and construction materials with actual Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) more than doubling between 2004 and 2006. This paper provides a preliminary commentary on the key environmental concerns of these three sectors and examines both positive and negative environmental impacts that may arise as a result of increased trade and investment, combined with inadequate policies and standards to monitor these activities.
Key findings:
-
Due in part to the improved national investment policy climate, investment has been booming in the industrial sectors of mining, hydropower and construction materials. With actual investment more than doubling between 2004 and 2006, this trend is expected to continue well into the next decade.
-
The scale and growth of FDI in Lao PDR should also be viewed within the international context of the increasing demand for resources. Global demand for energy, minerals and construction materials is high, and Lao PDR, being well-endowed with these resources, is in a strong position to accept only the most economically-, environmentally- and socially-beneficial investments for the country.
-
The hydropower, mining and construction materials sectors can all be viewed as large “ecological footprint” sectors—that is, they all have substantial impacts on the natural environment because of their use and reliance upon natural resources. The extent of environmental impacts as a result of growth in these sectors will be determined by the policy and regulatory framework in which increased trade takes place, in order to accentuate the opportunities and mitigate potential negative environmental impacts.
-
The Government of Lao PDR is making a concerted effort to review its FDI policies and practices to ensure that the country benefits economically, socially and environmentally from this investment. However policy-makers are finding it difficult to keep pace with the scale of investment and economic growth.
Key recommendations:
-
improve environmental governance by developing the commitment of the government and the private sector to address environmental concerns, strengthen institutional capacity (especially at the provincial and district levels) to implement government policies, and ensure better coordination/collaboration between all levels of Lao society;
-
build closer regional cooperation on investment to ensure environmental concerns across the region are addressed;
-
facilitate a domestic business environment that attracts responsible business and international best practice; and
-
realize growth-led environmental conservation opportunities such as supplying the energy-efficient construction materials sector regionally.
Environmental Impacts of Trade Liberalization in the Medicinal Plants and Spices Sector of the Lao PDR- Year: 2008
- Author: Kongmany Sydara
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Regional demand for Lao PDR's medicinal plants is rising significantly. And while this is presenting opportunities for economic growth, it is also placing increasing pressure on the country's natural resource base. This paper provides a commentary on some of the key environmental concerns in this sector and presents case studies on the production and use of medicinal plants in Lao PDR to illustrate positive and negative practices in the industry, including suggestions for the future.
Key findings:
-
the medicinal plant and spices sector is earmarked as a sector with key export potential due to increasing demand for these products regionally;
-
the development of medicinal plants and spices for export can help to generate increased income among farmers, reduce poverty, stimulate entrepreneurship and create a favourable business environment to integrate into the global marketplace;
-
while development of this sector can bring many economic benefits, significant expansion requires significant resources and has raised some concerns about the inappropriate and unplanned use of medicinal plants, leading to unsustainable harvesting and ultimately the destruction of the resource base; and
-
key issues facing this sector at present, include a lack of systematic and scientific approaches to harvesting, specific plans for cultivation and strict enforcement of laws and regulations, weak collaboration amongst concerned authorities (between central and local authorities and between public and private sectors), and limited awareness among rural people on the preservation of biodiversity.
Key recommendations:
-
collaborate with neighbouring countries on the conservation of bordering protected areas and the control of illegal trade in wildlife and prohibited plant species;
-
work towards more scientific and community-orientated management of forest resources in order to generate timber and non-timber forest products at sustainable levels;
-
improve statistics on resource harvesting and exporting to guide future policy in the sector;
-
develop and enforce laws and regulations related to the forestry sector as a whole, and especially to non-timber forest products;
-
identify appropriate measures for improving awareness on environmental impacts for rural communities;
-
improve the quantity and quality of exported medicinal plants and spices to meet the demands of foreign markets; and
-
encourage the private sector to consider the environmental impacts of unsustainable harvesting and unplanned cultivation, and gain their support in addressing these issues by establishing incentives for environmental best practice.
Environmental Impacts of Trade Liberalization in the Organic Agriculture Sector of the Lao PDR- Year: 2008
- Author: Phengkhouane Manivong
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Lao PDR has only recently penetrated the organic agricultural products market. Export performance is still underdeveloped. Not enough goods are produced to meet the demand. Non-tariff barriers such as certification remain a major hurdle. This paper explores the potential environmental impact of this sector and finds an inherently environmentally-friendly industry with the potential to grow and prosper in the future.
Key findings:
-
Trade liberalization makes evident the potential benefits of increasing value in certain sectors and expanding green niche markets. For the agriculture sector, trade liberalization provides an incentive to grow organic to supply the growing demand for organic produce abroad.
-
Many Lao producers already grow organic produce by default. However, only a handful have penetrated the organic agricultural products market. On the whole, there is a low awareness of the potential economic and environmental benefits of this form of agriculture.
-
Organic agricultural practices are usually environmentally-friendly, following natural processes and using natural raw materials without the use of chemical fertilizers or pesticides. In this way, they can provide many environmental benefits, enhancing soil fertility and managing ecological interactions within an agro-ecosystem. However, if the industry was to grow significantly, the potential for negative environmental impacts such as deforestation to increase arable land (including shifting cultivation and protected area encroachment) or carbon emissions resulting from increased transportation, should be recognized and managed.
Key recommendations:
-
The Government of Lao PDR, through relevant agencies like the Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry, should consider ways of supporting Lao producers to compete in international markets by having a formal organic certification process.
-
The government should consider developing policy and programs to support the supply chain for increasing the quantity of organic products sold in domestic and international markets, with premium prices for organic and Fair Trade products sought in these markets. To meet the export demand, Lao producers should consider forming “farmers' groups” to lobby for support of the sector.
-
A key next step for the Government of Lao and the development of the organic agricultural sector is to draft laws and regulations to implement policies for organic agriculture, food safety and food quality assurance. Potential negative environmental impacts of developing this sector such as deforestation, protected area encroachment and other land-use changes, should be recognized and addressed in these policies.
Environmental Impacts of Trade Liberalization in the Silk Handicrafts Sector of the Lao PDR- Year: 2008
- Author: Somphong Soulivanh
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Demand for Lao's naturally dyed and often handmade silk products is growing steadily and providing key export earnings and potential opportunities for domestic producers. This paper examines the environmental impacts of this growth sector and finds an inherently environmentally-friendly industry with the potential to avoid negative impacts and capture the potential of green markets.
Key findings:
-
Demand from regional and international markets for Lao silk handicrafts is growing steadily. The most important development for this sector in recent years has been the resumption of Normal Trade Relations with the United States—now a key export market for Lao silk handicrafts.
-
The handicrafts sector in Lao PDR consists predominately of small family businesses spread across the country in rural and urban areas. Mainly due to the small and dispersed nature of these businesses, the sector remains largely unorganized and there are presently many barriers to supplying international markets such as supply of raw material inputs, supply of end products, lack of quality assurance, national standards and certification.
-
As the sector attempts to scale-up its production to meet increasing demand, there is potential for negative environmental impacts to occur, such as increased water consumption and water pollution as production increases. There is also potential for positive impacts to arise from increased international demand for natural “green” silk handicrafts produced in an environmentally-sound manner.
Key recommendations:
-
implement the National Export Strategy and work with the Lao Handicraft Association and the Lao National Chamber of Commerce and Industry through the creation of a silk handicraft fund to promote this sector;
-
work with industry actors to improve environmental performance by redesigning waste-water treatment systems, reducing water used in the production process by recycling waste water and upgrading to technologies that have fewer environmental impacts; and
-
enable the Lao silk handicrafts sector to grow sustainably through initiatives such as an annual environmental performance award to recognize quality and raise awareness of Lao brand-name silk products.
Environmental Impacts of Trade Liberalization in the Tourism Sector of the Lao PDR- Year: 2008
- Author: Sounh Manivong, Somxay Sipaaseuth
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
The development of the tourism industry in Lao PDR over the last two decades has been striking. In 1990, just over 14,000 people visited the country. In 2006, arrival numbers stood at 1.21 million and generated 173.2 million dollars for the Lao PDR economy. This paper seeks to identify some of the key impacts, both positive and negative, of this sector and outline strategic policy recommendations to ensure this increase in business for Lao PDR results in a sustainable industry that enhances the surrounding environment.
Key findings:
-
The tourism sector in Lao PDR is growing as a result of better regional integration through ASEAN, increased relationships with countries beyond Asia such as the U.S., Europe and Australia, and successful national tourism promotion policies and projects.
-
Tourism is a key sector that meets all the Government of Lao PDR's key development objectives by generating a substantial amount of foreign currency each year. It is: labour-intensive, thus providing jobs; is inherently pro-poor, as earnings are made by many small businesses including poor villages in and around key attractions; and above all it works in harmony with nature.
-
If done well, tourism can have many positive effects on Lao PDR's natural environment, but without careful planning and a strong commitment from all stakeholders, negative impacts affecting the very asset on which the industry relies can arise.
-
Key to sustainable tourism is recognizing the “carrying capacity of an area”—the threshold level of tourist activity beyond which damage to the environment will occur.
Key recommendations:
-
continue to engage closely with the regional and international community to facilitate and promote the regional adoption of policies, practices and approaches to ecotourism;
-
strengthen the Lao National Tourism Authority's ability to engage with the private sector and investment decision-makers to encourage best-practice ecotourism and tourism development;
-
explore the potential of certification for the tourism industry in Lao PDR, both at the national and provincial levels;
-
strengthen central/provincial cooperation in the tourism sector; and
-
continue to support conservation with particular emphasis on National Protected Areas and linking with regional initiatives that promote tourism and conservation in the Greater Mekong Subregion and ASEAN.
Environmental Impacts of Trade Liberalization in the Wood and Wood Products Sector of the Lao PDR- Year: 2008
- Author: Sousath Sayakoummane, Vongxay Manivong
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
The wood and wood products sector in Lao PDR is undergoing significant transformation. In the wake of increasing demand for wood resources, declining natural forests, low-value exports and illegal trade, the Government of Lao PDR has implemented a number of reforms to address these issues. This paper examines the environmental impacts of trade liberalization on the wood and processed wood products sector, focusing on the wood-processing industry and its supply of wood from natural and plantation forests.
Key findings:
-
Regional demand for wood is high and main importers of Lao wood and wood products are Thailand, Vietnam, China and Japan. Significant demand is now coming from China, with imports of timber products to that country rising from 14 million to 45 million cubic metres in just 10 years.
-
Lao PDR needs to continue to reduce the export of low-value wood products and work towards adding value to its domestic wood-processing sector. To do so, understanding, integrating and increasing relationships with regional and international markets is vital.
-
The capacity of wood-processing factories in Lao PDR is estimated to be high. However, the efficiency of factories is low due to the prevalent use of old machinery, low technology with low recovery rates and low value-added products. Moreover, there is a lack of certification of processed wood products for exports.
-
While measures have been taken to ensure that more value from such exports is retained in-country, a number of issues such as illegal logging and timber exports (reducing supply for local businesses) and an underdeveloped, under-resourced local wood-processing industry are hampering this effort, and fuelling environmental issues such as forest decline, biodiversity loss and loss of watershed services.
Key recommendations:
-
encourage value-addition to stimulate processing industries and obtain greater economic returns while minimizing resource use;
-
strengthen dual policies on plantations and production forests to ensure a sustainable supply of timber for the wood and wood products sector. Promote the scaling-up of forest management certification;
-
continue to improve law enforcement in the forestry sector; and
-
promote cooperation mechanism between public and private sectors, including in forestry, plantations and wood-processing.
Environmental Improvement Zones (EIZ): A Guide to environmental issues in Winnipeg neighbourhoods- Year: 2005
- Author: Terri Willard, Roselle Miko, Dennis Cunningham, Kelly Moore, Eduardo Garcia
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 67
Identifies key environmental issues and suggests strategic activities that neighbourhoods could undertake, based on pilot exercises in the Winnipeg neighbourhoods of Whyte Ridge, Riverview and West Broadway.
Environmental Improvement Zones (EIZ): A Model for engaging Winnipeg neighbourhoods in local action; Considerations for implementation in Winnipeg.- Year: 2005
- Author: Terri Willard
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 60
Reviews the history of environmental communications and decision-making across the neighbourhoods of Winnipeg, examines precedents in other municipalities and provides some guidance on how the neighbourhood approach might work in Winnipeg.
Environmental Improvements Without Environmental Policies: Argentine Agriculture and Manufacturing Exports in the 1990s - Full Report- Year: 1999
- Author: Eduardo Trigo, Sebastián Rubin, Daniel Chudnovsky, Eugenio Cap
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 125
This study looks at Argentina's experience with unilateral liberalization, and the impacts on two sectors: agriculture in the Pampas region and manufacturing. It finds that, contrary to expectations, liberalization has not led to a cleaner pattern of manufacturing exports. In agriculture, however, it finds that the rapid expansion of production has actually been accompanied by a number of unplanned environmental benefits, mainly because of the additional resources available to growers under a liberalized regime, and the new technologies they have adopted.
Environmental Improvements Without Environmental Policies: Argentine agriculture and Manufacturing Exports in the 1990s - Summary- Year: 1999
- Author: Eduardo Trigo, Sebastián Rubin, Daniel Chudnovsky, Eugenio Cap
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 13
This study looks at Argentina's experience with unilateral liberalization, and the impacts on two sectors: agriculture in the Pampas region and manufacturing. It finds that, contrary to expectations, liberalization has not led to a cleaner pattern of manufacturing exports. In agriculture, however, it finds that the rapid expansion of production has actually been accompanied by a number of unplanned environmental benefits, mainly because of the additional resources available to growers under a liberalized regime, and the new technologies they have adopted.
Environmental Management and Innovation in the Argentine Industry: Determinants and Policy Implications - Full Report- Year: 2005
- Author: Daniel Chudnovsky, Germán Pupato, Verónica Gutman
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
The possibility of fostering a sustainable development process depends, to a significant extent, on the environmental activities undertaken by firms. While in industrialized countries these activities are mostly carried out in response to environmental regulations and market incentives, the importance and the incentives for allocating resources to environmental activities in developing countries are not yet well established. In this Argentine case, the impact of the Convertibility program and structural reforms on economic and social development issues during the 1990s has been largely analyzed, with attention to environmental activities by private firms.
Environmental Policies under an Obama Administration: Is Change in the Air?- Year: 2009
- Author: Philip Gass, John Drexhage
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: Air & Waste Management Association
- Copyright: Air & Waste Management Association
The day after Barack Obama's November 4, 2008, election victory,
EM asked leaders within the Air & Waste Management Association and the environmental community for their initial thoughts on what a new administration might mean to the environmental industry, particularly in terms of new policies and regulations.
This article captures those responses, and includes a co-written contribution from IISD Project Officer Philip Gass, and Director of Climate Change and Energy, John Drexhage. Their piece begins on page 13 of the article.
This article appears in the January 2009 issue of
EM Magazine, a publication of the Air & Waste Management Association (A&WMA;
http://www.awma.org). To obtain copies and reprints, please contact A&WMA directly at 1-412-232-3444.
Envisioning a Sustainable Development Agenda for Trade and Environment- Year: 2007
- Author: Adil Najam, Mark Halle, Ricardo Meléndez-Ortiz
- Format: Book
- Publisher: Palgrave Macmillan
- Copyright: IISD, ICTSD
- Number of pages: 296
- ISBN: 1-4039-7572-8
This book systematically explores the trade and environment interests of developing countries from a Southern perspective. The contributors write explicitly about both the fears and hopes in the South regarding trade and environment negotiations. Essays are from leading experts and thought leaders from various regions of the South and work to envision new, bold agendas and priorities for their region.
Establishing National Authorities for the CDM - A Guide for Developing Countries- Year: 2002
- Author: Christiana Figueres
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD, CSDA
- Copyright: IISD, CSDA
- Number of pages: 162
- ISBN: 1-895536-56-1
The global challenge of climate change is established on the international
agenda. Human activity is destabilizing the global climate and livelihoods that
depend on it. The accumulation of heat-trapping gases in the atmosphere
must be capped at a safe level. Adaptation to the changes that are already
inevitable must be integrated in sustainable development programs, with special
attention to the vulnerability of poor countries and poor people.
The United Nations has provided a framework for an effective and equitable
global response to this challenge—the 1992 Convention—and the first building
block of that response, the 1997 Kyoto Protocol. Yet the emission reduction
targets in the Protocol, modest as they are in environmental terms, have
generated economic resistance in industrialized countries and, notably, the
rejection of the Protocol by the U.S.
The withdrawal of the largest emitter will undoubtedly weaken the initial
impact of the Protocol. But the Protocol is more than a first set of targets. It
also a method for approaching the collective task of limiting emissions, a set
of mechanisms largely and paradoxically “made in the USA.” The possibility
of acquiring emission reductions offshore is a main feature of these mechanisms.
The period ahead is one in which these mechanisms will be tested and
improved. Hopefully, the parallel system that may be developed by the United
States will also encourage recourse to “Kyoto-type” mechanisms by American
corporations, thus contributing to the stock of experience and boosting global
market demand for offshore emission reductions.
EU Trade Policy and Conflict- Year: 2005
- Author: Oli Brown
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 15
This paper investigates the impacts of EU trade policy on violent conflict in the developing world, the leverage the EU can exert through its trade policy to promote peace in countries at risk of conflict and the ‘export’ of the EU model through Regional Trade Agreements and the European Neighbourhood Policy.
Evaluation of UNESCO's Community Multimedia Centres: Final Report- Year: 2006
- Author: Heather Creech, Ousmane Berthe, Ana Paula Assubuji, Indira Mansingh, Maja Andjelkovic
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: UNESCO, Paris
- Copyright: UNESCO, Paris
- Number of pages: 61
UNESCO's Community Multimedia Centre initiative is contributing "to improving quality of life through access to information" according to an independent evaluation report carried out by the International Institute for Sustainable Development (IISD).
UNESCO's CMC initiative promotes sustainable local development through community-based facilities that combine traditional media like radio, television and print with new information communication technologies (ICTs) such as computers, the Internet and mobile devices.
The Exhaustion of Intellectual Property Rights: Should countries favour consumers or private interests?- Year: 2007
- Author: Halle
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Mark Halle, IISD's Director of Trade and Investment, examines the exhaustion of intellectual property rights and how related policy must balance the needs of consumers and private interests. Rights are "exhausted" once a patent-holder sells his/her invention. Same holds true for copyright and trademarks, notes Halle. Once you pay for your iPod, you have the right to display and refer to its Apple trademark publicly. And when you buy the latest John Grisham bestseller, your right over that book includes displaying it publicly, lending it to your friends and making photocopies of your favourite pages because the author's rights were exhausted with the purchase. Decisions about exhaustion are typically based on geography. To simplify, national exhaustion tends to favour the producer, while international exhaustion tends to favour the consumer.
Expanding Agriculture’s Role in a Post-2012 Climate Change Regime- Year: 2009
- Author: Murphy, De Vit, Drexhage, Nolet
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 75
The aim of this paper is to examine how agriculture can be effectively included in a post-2012 regime. The paper examines issues related to the concerns of developing countries, including how to effectively engage these countries in mitigation efforts in the agricultural sector in a new regime; and issues related to the concerns of developed countries, including ensuring that accounting of agricultural GHG emissions is applied consistently across Annex I countries. The paper explores Canadian considerations and interests in the climate negotiations on agriculture and puts forward a suggested framework for Canada’s approach to agriculture in post-2012 negotiations–a framework that aims to increase opportunities for acting on the potential for agricultural GHG emission reductions in developing countries.
Expanding Shrimp Aquaculture on Sandy Land in Vietnam - Full Report- Year: 2003
- Author: IUCN
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 114
Vietnam (IUCN): This study looks at the potential for environmentally-friendly economic improvement in poor areas of Vietnam through sandy land shrimp aquaculture. It examines the potential environmental and economic impacts of the technology, the export market and its potential as a tool for achieving sustainable development.
Exploring the Links: Human Well-being, Poverty and Ecosystem Services- Year: 2004
- Author: Anantha K. Duraiappah
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD, UNEP
- Number of pages: 46
- ISBN: 1-895536-86-3
Exploring the Links sets out to demonstrate how human well-being is
dependent upon ecosystems and ecosystem services; to identify barriers and
drivers that prevent the poor from using these ecosystem services to
improve their well-being, in essence perpetuating poverty; and to identify policy response options to remove the barriers, re-design or even introduce new intervention strategies to allow the poor to improve their well-being
through an ecosystem approach.
Field Testing the Draft Canadian Biodiversity Index: A Report on Applying Real Ecosystem Data to the CBI - Year: 2006
- Author: Richard Grosshans, Carol Murray, László Pintér, Risa Smith, Henry David Venema
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: Crown
- Number of pages: 74
The loss of biodiversity is recognized as one of the most serious global environmental issues. The Canadian Biodiversity Index (CBI) was developed from a need for a consistent mechanism to assess and convey biodiversity issues and management across Canada. The CBI is a tool for capturing and conveying credible information on the status and trends in biodiversity in a consistent manner and presents it in a composite index. The primary goal of this phase of proof of concept testing (POCT) was to test and evaluate the framework and Testing Manual of the CBI against real ecosystem data. This report addresses key questions and issues resolved during testing, and provides recommendations to the CBI framework and methodology.
Fifth Annual Leadership and Social Change Net Impact Conference and Career Fair- Year: 2007
- Author: Timmer
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright:
IISD consultant Dagmar Timmer delivered the following address on March 23, 2007, to an audience of MBA students from three schools at McGill University in Montreal. The students are interested in developing their careers in social responsibility and sustainability issues. "...your skill set from an MBA is very important to the sustainability field," Timmer told her audience. "That's a fact."
The Fifth Conference of the China Council For International Cooperation on Environment and Development - Ecolabelling: Its Implications for China- Year: 1996
- Author: IISD
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 19
WG on Trade & Environment - Fifth Conference on CCICED - Beijing, China 23-25 September, 1996
International Institute for Sustainable Development, Canada and Information Institute, National Environmental Protection Agency, China
The Final Decision in Methanex v. United States: Some New Wine in Some New Bottles- Year: 2005
- Author: Howard Mann
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
On August 3, 2005, the Panel in the NAFTA Chapter 11 case
Methanex v. The United States issued its long-awaited ruling, rejecting all of the company's arguments. High points of the Award include: a crystal-clear statement that non-discriminatory regulations in the public interest (such as environmental laws) will almost never be considered expropriation; some welcome reasoning on national treatment; and precedent-setting explicit reliance on arguments from IISD's
amicus brief. Howard Mann, lead author of the IISD brief, offers commentary here.
Final Report: Standards for Sustainable Trade- Year: 2004
- Author: IISD
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 27
This document provides a generic overview of the results of the Standards for Sustainable Trade project, drawing on examples from the three regional processes in South Asia, South America and Southern & Eastern Africa. The document includes some general recommendations on technical assistance in the area of TBT/SPS, as well as some conclusions on the value of regional South-South cooperation.
The Financial Crisis and Our Response to Climate Change- Year: 2008
- Author: Wooders, David Runnalls
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
In this commentary, IISD President and CEO David Runnalls looks at the challenge of addressing climate change in light of the current economic crisis. “It is clear that we cannot wait for perfect economic conditions before we act on climate change,” writes Runnalls. “It is equally clear that scaling back or postponing our existing responses is at odds with the long-term focus needed to address climate change.”
Financing Mitigation and Adaptation in Developing Countries: New options and mechanisms- Year: 2009
- Author: Tirpak, Parry
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 56
This background paper addresses financing issues relating to mitigation and adaptation in developing countries under the UNFCCC. The paper reviews current funding mechanisms, proposals for additional funding sources, and a proposal relating to what should be funded and mechanisms to structure a new financial agreement.
The information in this paper provides input to the analysis in the main report of the series,
Global Climate Change Goals: Encouraging Developing Country Participation and should be read in conjunction with that report. The second background paper in the series is,
State of the Carbon Market: How the future market can encourage developing country participation.
First North American Symposium on Understanding the Linkages Between Trade and Environment- Year: 2000
- Author: Howard Mann
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 33
Through the combination of its substantive provisions, adjudicative processes and
enforcement mechanisms, trade law has a significant impact on how governments can take environmental decisions and enact environmental measures.
This paper undertakes a survey of the application of trade law rules to environmental management and decision-making by governments. It correlates five generic stages of environmental management against seven major trade law disciplines that are particularly relevant to measures for the protection of the national environment.
Fisheries - Environmental impacts of trade liberalization- Year: 2007
- Author: Heike Baumüller
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 7
Thailand's fisheries sector continues to provide an important source of export earnings, livelihoods and domestic food supply. However, production growth is increasingly threatening the sustainability of marine fisheries resources while aquaculture and fish processing have brought with them a range of environmental impacts on land and water resources. The paper outlines environmental concerns in Thailand's capture fisheries, aquaculture production and processing industry. It assesses how trade liberalization in this sector might exacerbate some of the existing problems while also providing opportunities for reducing some of the impacts, for instance through market opportunities for sustainably-produced fish product. It concludes by identifying some regulatory, policy and knowledge gaps that would need to be addressed to ensure the long-term sustainability of the Thai fisheries sector.
Key findings:
-
Marine fisheries catches have increased tremendously since the mid-1960s, following the introduction of trawl gear. Today, most of the demersal fish resources near the coast and some pelagic species have been severely depleted and are now considered overexploited.
-
The rapid expansion and intensification of aquaculture production since the mid-1980s has resulted in the destruction of mangrove forests, contributed to the degradation of land and aquatic environments, and put further pressure on fish stocks as a source of fish feed.
-
The fish processing industry has had a number of environmental impacts, although the scale of the impact remains difficult to assess due to a lack of data.
-
These pressures are likely to increase with anticipated trade liberalization in this sector in light of underdeveloped fisheries management systems and regulatory frameworks to reduce environmental impacts.
-
Increased export opportunities for "green" products might provide an incentive for sustainable production, as demand for certified seafood products continues to increase. The aquaculture sector, notably sustainably farmed shrimp where demand is expected to grow rapidly, might provide the most promising opportunities in the short term.
Key recommendations:
-
Prioritize the implementation and enforcement of effective fisheries management schemes as a fundamental prerequisite for ensuring the sustainable exploitation of Thailand's marine resources.
-
Strengthen efforts to reduce the volume of trash fish and to strongly encourage the use of less-destructive fishing gear that is better adapted to the marine environment.
-
Promote wider compliance with and strengthen marketing campaigns for the "Thai Quality Shrimp" label to increase supply of and stimulate demand for labelled shrimp.
-
Advocate for further reducing tariff escalation in key markets in order to facilitate exports of value-added products, thereby obtaining more value for fewer resources.
Focusing on Current Realities: It’s time for the impacts of climate change to take centre stage- Year: 2004
- Author: Anne Hammill
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
While the future of the Kyoto Protocol remains unclear, it is vital that we look at ways to adapt to the current realities of climate change. "Policy responses to climate change must not be limited to addressing the source of the problem," writes IISD's Anne Hammill. "but must include measures that help communities to adapt to its impacts."
A Forced Evolution? - The Codex Alimentarius Commission, Scientific Uncertainty and the Precautionary Principle- Year: 2000
- Author: Aaron Cosbey
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 19
Once upon a time, the Codex Alimentarius Commission was an obscure scientific
body busily conducting its affairs far from the public eye on issues of little
concern to the public at large. No more. This paper surveys the major trends that
have transformed this body into a highly politically charged forum, which is
attracting ever-greater scrutiny.
Foreign Investment: Making it Work for Sustainable Development- Year: 2002
- Author: Aaron Cosbey
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 24
This paper, written for the IISD Eastern Europe project’s capacity building workshops, defines foreign direct investment, and asks how developing countries and economies in transition can best attract and manage investment that will result in sustainable development.
Form Follows Function: Management and Governance of Knowledge Networks- Year: 2001
- Author: Heather Creech
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 34
This paper is an overview of the management and governance of formal knowledge networks. It approaches the topic from a relationships management framework—offering suggestions on creating, organizing, formalizing and institutionalizing network relationships over time. One of the key lessons learned by IISD has been to focus on network work during a scoping phase of a network which would end with the development of network governance agreements which reflect how the network actually works. Form follows function.
Formal Knowledge Networks: A Study of Canadian Experiences- Year: 1998
- Author: Howard C. Clark
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 106
Formal Knowledge Networks examines Canada's evolving knowledge networks, providing a better understanding of what formal knowledge networks are and how they differ from more traditional information and advocacy networks. The resulting model includes a definition of formal knowledge networks and basic criteria for their effective operation. The book concludes with a list of suggested actions and case studies of several formal knowledge networks, including Canada's National Centres of Excellence, the Canadian Institute for Advanced Research, Canadian Policy Research Networks, and selected nongovernmental organizations and international development networks.
Forthcoming Trade Negotiations: Identifying Pakistan's Interests (A paper prepared for the Pakistan Mission in Geneva)- Year: 1999
- Author: Adil Najam
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 11
This paper reviews Pakistan's negotiating position heading into the WTO's Third Ministerial Conference in December 1999. It argues that Pakistan's negotiating stance (and that of many developing countries) is ineffective because it is reactive, and looks at the environment-trade relationship as a concrete example of this problem.
A Framework for Assessing the Relationship between Trade Liberalization and Biodiversity Conservation- Year: 1999
- Author: Tom Conway
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 72
This paper develops a framework for assessing the impacts on biodiversity of trade
policies such as tariffs, non-tariff barriers and international liberalization agreements. The intended audience is non-economists working on biodiversity policy, who may wish to integrate such macroeconomic considerations in their work.
The Free Trade Commission Statements of October 7, 2003, on NAFTA's Chapter 11: Never-Never Land or Real Progress?- Year: 2003
- Author: Howard Mann
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
This brief analysis assesses a set of statements issued by NAFTA's Free Trade Commission October 7, 2003, related to NAFTA's Chapter 11. The statements addressed, among other things, transparency of the Chapter 11 process, and set out guidelines for tribunals' use in considering petitions for friends of the court status. To what extent do these statements represent real progress toward making the Chapter 11 process accountable, legitimate and transparent?
From Conflict to Peacebuilding: The role of natural resources and the environment- Year: 2009
- Author: Richard Matthew, Oli Brown, David Jensen
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: UNEP
- Copyright: UNEP
- Number of pages: 50
Since 1990 at least eighteen violent conflicts have been fuelled by the exploitation of natural resources. In fact, recent research suggests that over the last sixty years at least forty per cent of all intrastate conflicts have a link to natural resources. Civil wars such as those in Liberia, Angola and the Democratic Republic of Congo have centred on "high-value" resources like timber, diamonds, gold, minerals and oil. Other conflicts, including those in Darfur and the Middle East, have involved control of scarce resources such as fertile land and water.
As the global population continues to rise, and the demand for resources continues to grow, there is significant potential for conflicts over natural resources to intensify in the coming decades. In addition, the potential consequences of climate change for water availability, food security, prevalence of disease, coastal boundaries and population distribution may aggravate existing tensions and generate new conflicts.
This major report, co-authored by IISD and UNEP, discusses the key linkages among environment, conflict and peacebuilding, and provides recommendations on how these can be addressed more effectively by the international community.
Key points:
-
Environmental factors are rarely, if ever, the sole cause of violent conflict. However, the exploitation of natural resources and related environmental stresses can be implicated in all phases of the conflict cycle, from contributing to the outbreak and perpetuation of violence to undermining prospects for peace.
-
In addition, the environment can itself fall victim to conflict, as direct and indirect environmental damage, coupled with the collapse of institutions, can lead to environmental risks that threaten people’s health, livelihoods and security.
-
Preliminary findings from a retrospective analysis of intrastate conflicts over the past sixty years indicate that conflicts associated with natural resources are twice as likely to relapse into conflict in the first five years. Nevertheless, fewer than a quarter of peace negotiations aiming to resolve conflicts linked to natural resources have addressed resource management mechanisms.
-
The recognition that environmental issues can contribute to violent conflict underscores their potential significance as pathways for cooperation, transformation and the consolidation of peace in war-torn societies.
-
Natural resources and the environment can contribute to peacebuilding through economic development and the generation of employment, while cooperation over the management of shared natural resources provides new opportunities for peacebuilding.
-
Integrating environment and natural resources into peacebuilding is no longer an option—it is a security imperative. The establishment of the UN Peacebuilding Commission provides an important chance to address environmental risks and capitalize on potential opportunities in a more consistent and coherent way.
Key recommendations:
1. Further develop UN capacities for early warning and early action
2. Improve oversight and protection of natural resources during conflicts
3. Address natural resources and the environment as part of the peacemaking and peacekeeping process
4. Include natural resources and environmental issues into integrated peacebuilding strategies
5. Carefully harness natural resources for economic recovery
6. Capitalize on the potential for environmental cooperation to contribute to peacebuilding
From Feast to Famine: After seven (relatively) good years, what now for commodity producers in the developing world?- Year: 2008
- Author: Brown
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
In this IISD Commentary, Program Manager Oli Brown ponders the fate of commodity producers in the developing world in the wake of the commodity price bubble bursting.
From Legacy to Vision: Sustainability, Poverty and Policy Adjustment- Year: 1996
- Author: Richard Strickland, Naresh C. Singh
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 254
- ISBN: 1-895536-01-4
Poverty alleviation is essential for environmental sustainability.
Development cannot be based on continued global economic growth alone. Traditional models of economic growth have led to the current stalemate confronted by developed and developing countries. Within the confines of current technological capacities, endless expansion of the global economy is not viable.
This publication introduces alternative sustainable development strategies to advance human development, reverse impoverishment processes and to support social, political and ecological integrity of societies.
The FTAA and Hemispheric Integration: Building a Triple-Win Strategy for Trade and Sustainability in the Hemisphere- Year: 2001
- Author: Karel Mayrand, Marie Claire Segger (Cordonier Gehring)
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD, IUCN, UNEP/ROLAC
- Number of pages: 8
The Americas integration process was launched at the Miami Summit in 1994. Along with democracy, trade liberalisation and sustainable development were adopted as the main thrust of hemispheric integration, as reflected in the first headline of the Miami Declaration of principles: Partnership for Development and Prosperity: Democracy, Free Trade and Sustainable Development in the Americas. Parallel processes were established to implement trade liberalisation and sustainable development. The first one set the goal to create a Free Trade Area of the Americas (FTAA), launched formally in 1998 at the Santiago Summit of the Americas with the specific objective to complete negotiations by 2005. A second
initiative was to hold a hemispheric Summit on sustainable development in Bolivia in 1996 to follow up on the 1992 UN Conference on Environment and Development in Rio de Janeiro, and establish a blueprint for sustainable development in the Americas.
Full Cost Accounting for Agriculture- Year: 2004
- Author: Stephan Barg, Darren A. Swanson
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 55
This paper surveys the key issues involved in full cost accounting for agriculture in Canada. The paper starts with a definition of what full cost accounting is, and discusses why one would want to do it. It then discusses the many conceptual issues associated with full cost accounting of agriculture. This leads to a discussion of the various methods used to value actions that do not pass directly through markets. There is then a brief discussion of some of the methodological issues that full cost accounting must address. The last section details the approaches and results of valuation studies relevant to agriculture.
Full Cost Accounting for Agriculture (Final Report) – Valuing public benefits accruing from agricultural beneficial management practices: An impact pathway analysis for Tobacco Creek, Manitoba- Year: 2008
- Author: McCandless, Venema, Barg, Bryan Oborne
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
This study, prepared for Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada, provides an illustrative estimate of the public benefit of agricultural beneficial management practices (BMPs) in a small watershed in southern Manitoba. Three key elements form the core methodology for this study:
-
A linkage to the community’s environmental and agricultural issues. By dealing with the issues that are important to the community, this public benefits analysis is guaranteed to be policy relevant. While there will be variations from place to place across Canada, based on local ecosystem and economic factors, the issues important in a community will include many national and global issues as well. Using community issues as the starting point also ties the analysis closely to the Human Well-being – Ecosystem Service conceptual framework established by the Millennium Ecosystem Assessment, which is the globally-accepted framework for understanding how human well-being is affected by ecosystem goods and services.
-
Using the impact pathway approach to link ecosystem services with agricultural BMPs and their impacts on people. This approach was developed for use in the analysis of the economic externalities relating to energy generation and use, and is the accepted methodology for estimating of site-specific marginal external costs.
-
The use of watersheds as the basic geographic unit of analysis.
The Full Costs of Thermal Power Production in Eastern Canada- Year: 2003
- Author: Henry David Venema, Stephan Barg
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 71
Full-cost accounting quantifies the environmental externalities associated with electricity generation based on modified life cycle analysis. The basic objective is to make explicit the magnitude of direct environmental costs borne by society from electricity generation, thereby promoting power sector investment decisions that are indeed least cost. This paper focuses on eastern Canada and was produced under the TERI-Canada Energy Efficiency Project undertaken with The Energy and Resources Institute (TERI) in India.
Full-cost Accounting for Agriculture- Year: 2004
- Author: Stephan Barg, Darren A. Swanson
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: Crown
- Number of pages: 55
In 2003 IISD embarked on a five-year research project with Agriculture and Agri-food Canada to study the issue of full-cost accounting and its application to policy development in agriculture.
Full-cost accounting is the assessment, in dollar terms, of costs or benefits associated with changes in the environment. This report reviews the literature to identify important concepts at the centre of the full-cost accounting approach.
Full-cost Accounting for Agriculture – Year 2 Report: Valuing Changes in Agri-Environmental Indicators- Year: 2005
- Author: Stephan Barg, Darren A. Swanson, Henry David Venema
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: Crown
- Number of pages: 130
In 2003 IISD embarked on a five-year research project with Agriculture and Agri-food Canada to study the issue of full-cost accounting and its application to policy development in agriculture.
Full-cost accounting is the assessment, in dollar terms, of costs or benefits associated with changes in the environment.This report develops a conceptual framework using an impact pathways approach for valuing the changes in five agri-environmental indicators that are part of Agriculture and Agri-food Canada’s NAHARP program.
Furthering EU Objectives on Climate Change and Clean Energy: Building Partnerships with Major Developing Economies - Year: 2008
- Author: Deborah Murphy, John Drexhage, Aaron Cosbey, Dennis Tirpak, Christian Egenhofer
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- ISBN: 978-1-894784-15-3
The European Union has demonstrated resolve to remain at the forefront of global efforts to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, but achieving the EU's goals in the areas of climate change and clean energy will depend significantly on what happens outside the EU, including developing countries with major and growing economics. Foreign policy can help to promote and strengthen EU objectives on climate change and clean energy through progressive partnerships with developing countries. This report scopes out and analyzes potential for collaborative action in the foreign policy areas of finance and investment, development cooperation and trade. The focus is how the EU can more effectively strengthen partnerships with the major developing economies—Brazil, China, India, Mexico and South Africa—in supporting a global transformation to cleaner energy systems.
GATT, the WTO and Sustainable Development: Positioning the work program on trade and environment- Year: 1995
- Author: IISD
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 42
IISD believes the transition to sustainable development will be facilitated by ringing the trade, environment and development communities together in a mutually supportive context. A starting set of interlinked principles will enable the communities to understand each other better and find common ground. This could lead them to develop new rules and agreements that enhance the relationship of
environment and economy. IISD published Trade and Sustainable Development Principles in February, 1994. We now believe this work should be followed by specific analysis related to regional agreements and to GATT.
Gauging Progress Toward Sustainability: A Communication Innovation- Year: 2003
- Author: Swanson
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Canada's energy sector has matured. Beginning with a focus on the producer in the early 1900s and living through shifts in focus including energy security during the oil crisis of the 1970s, we have arrived at the federal government's current energy policy orientation of sustainable development. Sustainable development acknowledges the interdependency of our economic, social and environmental systems and strives to meet the needs of present generations without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs.
GEO Resource Book: A training manual on integrated environmental assessment and reporting (module overviews).- Year: 2007
- Author: László Pintér
- Format: Outreach
- Publisher: UNEP, IISD
- Copyright: UNEP
Integrated Environmental Assessment (IEA) is defined as the process of producing and communicating future-oriented, policy-relevant information on key interactions between the natural environment and human society.
The methodology underlying IEA has been pioneered and championed by the Global Environment Outlook (GEO), the flagship assessment and reporting process on the status and direction of the global environment of the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP). GEO is a consultative, participatory, capacity building process and a series of reports, analysing environmental change, causes and impacts, and policy responses, providing information for decision making at global and sub-global levels.
The purpose of this GEO Resource Book is to help build capacity for forward-looking IEA and reporting at the sub-global level. Users of the GEO Resource Book will:
- understand the rationale for undertaking forward-looking, integrated environmental assessment using UNEP's Global Environment Outlook (GEO) approach;
- understand the importance of mandate for an IEA, options for its governance structure and participatory process, and be able to construct an impact strategy;
- be familiar with the conceptual and methodological aspects of carrying out the assessment, including the analysis of environmental trends and policies, and the study of policy options in the context of future scenarios;
- be capable of organizing the process for producing physical and electronic outputs from the IEA; and
- have the knowledge and skills to set up a monitoring and evaluation process focused on the IEA itself as part of a continuous learning process to improve the assessment.
The brochure provides a quick overview of the GEO Resource Book's content and intended use in training programs around the world.
Getting on Track: Finding a Path for Transportation in the CDM- Year: 2005
- Author: José Luis Barías, Jodi Browne, Eduardo Sanhueza, Erin Silsbe, Steve Winkleman, Chris Zegras
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 102
- ISBN: 1-895536-67-7
The Clean Development Mechanism (CDM) established under the Kyoto Protocol provides a unique opportunity for implementing projects in developing countries that reduce greenhouse gas emissions and promote sustainable development. As a leading source of greenhouse gas emissions, the transportation sector could play a central role in the CDM and in addressing climate change.
By delving into the key questions of the CDM within the context of the transportation sector of Chile, including project baseline, additionality, methodology, monitoring and leakage, the case studies presented in this report shed light on how a range of transportation projects fit within the current CDM. The report also examines how such projects could be better facilitated in the future, and where other policy approaches may be appropriate. Taking the lessons learned from these case studies and outcomes of an international workshop held in Chile, the report presents conclusions regarding how transportation projects currently fit into the CDM framework and potential changes for post 2012.
Getting on Track: Finding a Path for Transportation in the CDM - Executive Summary- Year: 2005
- Author: Jodi Browne, Eduardo Sanhueza, Erin Silsbe, Steve Winkleman, Chris Zegras
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 6
The International Institute for Sustainable Development (IISD), Climate Change and Development Consultants (CC&D) and the Center for Clean Air Policy (CCAP) were partners on a joint project examining possible scenarios for using the Clean Development Mechanism (CDM) as a tool to promote sustainable development in the transportation sector. This is a stand-alone presentation of the Executive Summary from the Getting on Track final report.
Global Cotton and Textile Product Chains: Identifying challenges and opportunities for China through a global commodity chain sustainability analysis- Year: 2008
- Author: Jiahua Pan, Chengshan Chu, Xinghu Zhao, Yuqing Cui, Tancrède Voituriez
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: International Institute for Sustainable Development
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 99
China is playing a pivotal role in the world cotton and textile industry as the major global cotton producer and importer, and the major textile exporter. Cotton growing has potentially significant environmental impacts because of its high reliance on water and chemical inputs. Cotton production represents approximately one third of global pesticide use, leading to the damaging effects cotton growing inflicts on the environment when badly managed. China’s role in promoting—or neglecting—sustainability should play a decisive role in crafting a sustainable global cotton/textile supply chain.
This report recommends three key strategies for improving the sustainability of global cotton and textile sectors, including improving the recognition of and demand for sustainable cotton and textile products, improving the sustainability of Chinese cotton and textile production, and improving the global sustainability of cotton and textile production chains through a transition to higher levels of sustainable production in Africa.
Global Environmental Governance: Fixing a troubled system - Adil Najam- Year: 2008
- Author: Adil Najam, Nona (Interviewer) Pelletier, Jason E.J. (Technical Producer) Manaigre
- Format: Video Interview
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Since environmental issues entered the international agenda in the early 1970s, global environmental politics and policies have been developing rapidly. IISD Senior Fellow Adil Najam talks about the need for urgent reform of our system of global environmental governance—not because it has failed, but because it has outgrown its original design.
Global Environmental Governance: A Reform Agenda- Year: 2006
- Author: Adil Najam, Mihaela Papa, Nadaa Taiyab
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 124
Global Environmental Governance (GEG) is the sum of organizations, policy instruments, financing mechanisms, rules, procedures and norms that regulate the processes of global environmental protection. Since environmental issues entered the international agenda in the early 1970s, global environmental politics and policies have been developing rapidly. The environmental governance system we have today reflects both the successes and failures of this development. It has become increasingly clear that the GEG system, as we know it, has outgrown its original design and intent. This book identifies a number of practical steps that can foster more efficient and effective global environmental governance, making better use of the resources available and designed in a way that will be more helpful to the implementation of international environmental agreements for developing as well as developed countries. This publication was supported by the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of Denmark.
Global Forest Product Chains: Identifying challenges and opportunities for China through a global commodity chain sustainability analysis- Year: 2008
- Author: Chanjin Sun, Liqiao Chen, Lijun Chen, Steve Bass
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: International Institute for Sustainable Development
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 206
China is at the centre of a global forestry chain whose responsible management is highly significant for global sustainability. However, problems such as trade policies, poor governance in wood-supplying countries and irresponsible business practice interact to aggravate forest loss and poverty in the face of increasing competition for agricultural land, energy and urban expansion.
The key to global forest product commodity chain sustainability is to match production efficiencies with improved forest governance in the producer country. Progress in global sustainability will benefit greatly from leadership from the Chinese government—as a regulator, as a source of aid to developing countries, as a nation committed to the production of global public goods and as a major buyer of forest products through sustainable markets. China has an opportunity to take on a leadership role in building key international sustainable forestry initiatives
Global Green Standards- Year: 1996
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 100
- ISBN: 1-895536-05-7
Global Green Standards is an informative guide for business on ISO 14000 standards. Used in conjunction with appropriate goals, and with management commitment, the standards will help improve corporate performance.
This report highlights what stakeholders interested in sustainable development should understand about the 14000 standards. It also explains to industry what ISO standards can and cannot do for their organization.
Global Green Standards relates the relevance of ISO 14000 standards to the World Trade Organization and the implications for new international trade rules. In addition, it explores the opportunity for developing countries to embrace the ISO 1400 series.
Anyone with an interst in becoming more efficent while earning profits and maintaining the trust of their stakeholders should read this report.
The Global Initiative on Commodities: From Stakeholder Perspectives to Stakeholder Participation (A Summary of Civil Society Recommendations for Sustainable Commodity Production)- Year: 2009
- Author: Potts, Wunderlich, Cuming, Chang
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 32
The Global Initiative on Commodities (GIC) is an international partnership initiative launched by the United Nations Conference on Trade and Development; the African, Pacific and Caribbean Group; the Common Fund for Commodities; and the United Nations Development Programme designed to break the "conspiracy of silence" regarding the importance of commodities in sustainable development. The priorities of the GIC are outlined in the GIC's
Brasilia Outcomes Paper (PDF - 215 kb). Over the course of 2008, IISD's Sustainable Commodity Initiative managed a civil society consultation process to identify CSO views and priorities towards a global strategy for commodities within the GIC. This document summarizes the results of that process as well as the "Chatelaine Consensus," the formal CSO guidance for carrying the GIC forward.
Good Times on the Commodity Price Rollercoaster: But how long can they last?- Year: 2006
- Author: Oli Brown, Jason Gibson
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Commodity prices are at historic highs but are commodity-dependent countries prepared should the bubble burst? Oli Brown and Jason Gibson explore the social and environmental impacts of commodity price volatility, calling for renewed efforts toward revenue stabilization.
Gorillas in the Midst: Assessing the peace and conflict impacts of International Gorilla Conservation Programme (IGCP) activities- Year: 2008
- Author: Anne Hammill, Alec Crawford
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 65
Conservation work in conflict zones and across international borders has impacts on more than just wildlife populations and their habitats; it can also have a profound effect on the peace and conflict dynamics in a region. For example, while the International Gorilla Conservation Programme (IGCP) implements activities with the primary objective of conserving mountain gorilla populations and habitat, anecdotal evidence suggests that these activities have also improved communication and dialogue among different authorities in the region, thereby fostering relationships and cooperation that are fundamental to peacebuilding. Conversely, decades of experience have shown that conservation interventions can cause tensions and contribute to conflict. This is especially portentous in conflict zones, where any external intervention can unintentionally fuel tensions and conflict by sending the 'wrong' message or entrenching perceived inequities.
As a result, IGCP sought a more detailed and systematic understanding of how their conservation and development activities affect peace and conflict dynamics in the Great Lakes region. In order to ensure that they do not inadvertently exacerbate the conflict dynamic but instead actively contribute to peacebuilding, IGCP contracted the International Institute for Sustainable Development (IISD) to conduct a Peace and Conflict Impact Assessment (PCIA) of some of their field operations.
The specific IGCP activities that were selected as case studies were:
-
The Mgahinga Community Development Organization
Examining how IGCP's involvement with a community-based enterprise around Mgahinga Gorilla National Park (MGNP) in Uganda affected local efforts to address tensions around revenue sharing.
-
Nkuringo land purchase and buffer zone
Examining how IGCP's land purchase to establish a buffer zone around Bwindi Impenetrable National Park, and the subsequent development of a buffer zone management plan, may have contributed to or resolved park-people conflicts and other community-based tensions.
-
Transboundary cooperation
Looking at the mechanisms used by IGCP to encourage cross-border cooperation and interaction including surveillance, regional meetings and the preparation of a trilateral revenue-sharing agreement.
Governance and Multi-stakeholder Processes- Year: 2004
- Author: Nancy Vallejo, Pierre Hauselmann
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD, UNCTAD
- Number of pages: 31
This paper was commissioned by the Swiss State Secretariat for Economic Affairs (seco) to inform the organizational work of the Sustainable Coffee Initiative, initiated by IISD and UNCTAD, as a mechanism to promote sustainability within the coffee sector. The objective of this report is to make a survey of issues regarding multi-stakeholder governance. Part one discusses key elements on multi-stakeholder governance, such as representation, inclusiveness in decision-making and duration, so as to ensure legitimacy and power sharing. Part two presents current institutional structures and governance mechanisms of specific institutions of interest for the conformation of the Sustainable Coffee Initiative. Part three presents some conclusions and recommendations to the Sustainable Coffee Partnership.
The purpose of the Sustainable Coffee Initiative is to provide generic policy, research and infrastructural support towards the development and promotion of transparent, multi-stakeholder, market-based sustainability initiatives in commodities trade and production.
The Governance of Non-Legal Entities: An exploration into the challenges facing collaborative, multistakeholder enterprises that are hosted by institutions- Year: 2008
- Author: Heather Creech, Tony Vetter, Kira Matus, Ian R. Seymour
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
In 2002, at the World Summit on Sustainable Development in Johannesburg, "Type 2 Partnerships" emerged as a key international mechanism for moving towards sustainable development. At the time, a coalition of Southern civil society organizations (CSOs) took the position that a strong follow-up mechanism must be put in place, including areas of monitoring, reporting, accountability and external evaluation for the implementation of these partnerships. To date, little has emerged to address the concerns of southern CSOs, specifically with reference to decision-making and accountability mechanisms for these partnerships. One might argue that, in practice, Type 2 partnerships and other large networks are less transparent than the institutions hosting and funding them. Annual reports and audited financial statements, which are the generally accepted accountability mechanisms for the not-for-profit sector, are not required of these non-legal entities. This paper is an exploration into these issues, based on IISD’s consulting work with networks and partnerships, and three case studies.
Governance Structures for National Sustainable Development Strategies: Study of Good Practice Example- Year: 2006
- Author: Darren A. Swanson, László Pintér
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: OECD
- Number of pages: 40
IISD was commissioned by the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) in 2006 to study approximately 20 countries to identify good practice examples of governance structures for the National Strategy for Sustainable Development (NSDS) and to study their effectiveness.
Governing Climate: The Struggle For A Global Framework Beyond Kyoto- Year: 2005
- Author: Taishi Sugiyama, Editor
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 142
- ISBN: 1-895536-83-9
The papers in this book, written by international climate experts, explore three key building blocks of the future climate regime. First, a number of ideas on how to broaden the current cap-and-trade regime are discussed. Second, the role of technology is explored. Lessons from past successes are reviewed with a view to developing options for their most effective use over the near future. Finally, the issue of financial flows to developing countries is addressed, including the issue of mainstreaming assistance for climate-change response.
Government Procurement in the World Trade Organization (IISD Trade and Development Brief, Number 4 of 9, 2003)- Year: 2003
- Author: IISD
- Format: Newsletter
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
This paper is one in a series of nine briefing papers prepared by the International Institute for Sustainable Development for the Swiss Agency for Development and Cooperation (SDC). Each of the papers focuses on an issue of particular importance for sustainable development in the South in the WTO’s current round of negotiations—the so-called Doha Development Agenda. The aim of the series is to set out, in brief and uncomplicated style, what is at stake in those negotiations for those concerned with international development and the environment.
Green Box Support Measures Under the WTO Agreement on Agriculture and Chinese Agricultural Sustainable Development - Full Report- Year: 2004
- Author: Zhao Yumin, Linxuegui Mayu, Wang Hongxia
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 93
China (CAITEC): This study examines the Chinese position relative to the ongoing negotiations on the Agreement on Agriculture and addresses the challenges of sustainable development in agriculture arising from structural changes generated from markets opening under the current international framework. The paper states the goal of agro-policy should be diverted from merely seeking quantity, as in the past, to more diversified and balanced development, taking as priority environmental protection, income growth for local farmers, and enhancement of product quality. The paper suggests the role of Green Box measures and WTO disciplines on agricultural support needs to be reformed to incorporate more mechanisms that support sustainable agriculture in developing countries and minimize the trade distorting effects that harm the agriculture and rural community of the developing countries.
Green Box Support Measures Under the WTO Agreement on Agriculture and Chinese Agricultural Sustainable Development - Summary- Year: 2003
- Author: Zhao Yumin, Linxuegui Mayu, Wang Hongxia
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 14
China (CAITEC): This study examines the Chinese position relative to the ongoing negotiations on the Agreement on Agriculture and addresses the challenges of sustainable development in agriculture arising from structural changes generated from markets opening under the current international framework. The paper states the goal of agro-policy should be diverted from merely seeking quantity, as in the past, to more diversified and balanced development, taking as priority environmental protection, income growth for local farmers, and enhancement of product quality. The paper suggests the role of Green Box measures and WTO disciplines on agricultural support needs to be reformed to incorporate more mechanisms that support sustainable agriculture in developing countries and minimize the trade distorting effects that harm the agriculture and rural community of the developing countries.
Green Budget Reform: An International Casebook of Leading Practices- Year: 1995
- Author: Alexander Gillies, Robert Gale, Stephan Barg
- Format: Book
- Publisher: Earthscan Publications Limited and IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 368
- ISBN: 1-85383-312-6
This book gives detailed examples of taxation and subsidy measures that were developed in order to achieve specific environmental results. It shows how governments have met some of the challenges of integrating environment and economic issues and developing tools that fit their needs. The examples can help other governments tackle the issues for themselves.
The cases sited can form part of the foundation of a more general approach to government budgets and integrated decision making. This is needed so that all aspects of financial decision making in governments can take environmental and social aspects into account.
Green Markets: Often A Lost Opportunity For Developing Countries - Full Report- Year: 2003
- Author: Juan Ladron, Guillermo Geisse, Annie Dufey, Nicola Borregaard
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD,CIPMA/RIDES
- Copyright: IISD,CIPMA/RIDES
- Number of pages: 131
Chile (CIPMA/RIDES): This study comprises two case studies: organic wine and eco-labelled forest products. In both cases it looks at the prospects for exports to the EU—the biggest potential market—trying to assess the barriers posed by the EU’s certification systems. It also looks at the domestic institutions for supporting the two products, concluding that the deficits in this area are more of a barrier than the EU systems.
Green Markets: Often A Lost Opportunity For Developing Countries - Summary- Year: 2003
- Author: Juan Ladron, Guillermo Geisse, Annie Duffey, Nicola Borregaard
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD,CIPMA/RIDES
- Copyright: IISD,CIPMA/RIDES
- Number of pages: 17
Chile (CIPMA/RIDES): This study comprises two case studies: organic wine and eco-labelled forest products. In both cases it looks at the prospects for exports to the EU—the biggest potential market—trying to assess the barriers posed by the EU’s certification systems. It also looks at the domestic institutions for supporting the two products, concluding that the deficits in this area are more of a barrier than the EU systems.
Growing into risk? Emerging environment and security issues in China- Year: 2006
- Author: Alec Crawford, Oli Brown, Van Yang
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Serious environmental degradation in China is harming public health, increasing migration and triggering social unrest. In addition, the country’s need to secure the supply of those resources which underpin its growth will increase international competition for them while potentially undermining the security of some of the politically fragile, resource-rich nations with which China trades. This paper discusses the security implications of China’s growing environmental problems.
Growing Unrest: The links between farmed and fished resources and the risk of conflict- Year: 2008
- Author: Crawford, Brown
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
This paper examines the links between the risk of conflict and the production and trade of agricultural and marine commodities. It does so using a series of case studies: cocoa in Côte d’Ivoire, bananas and subsequently fisheries in Somalia, and cotton in Central Asia. Much like the traditional conflict resources (oil, diamonds, timber, minerals, etc.), there is strong evidence that fished and farmed commodities can also be (mis)used in such a way that their production and trade contribute to the onset or continuation of violent conflict.
Key findings:
-
‘Taxing’ the trade in agricultural and marine commodities can raise funds for conflict.
Rebel groups, along with governments, can get funding from a variety of sources, and these sources can change over time. In addition, issues of revenue transparency and accountability are not limited to the oil and minerals sector; governments and multinational companies engaging in the trade of agricultural and marine resources can be complicit in supporting conflict.
-
The volatile prices of agricultural commodities can contribute to economic and political instability, which can, in turn, increase the likelihood of conflict.
Countries that are highly dependent on the export of a narrow range of agricultural or marine commodities are exposed to increasingly volatile commodity prices and the decisions of international market actors.
-
Agricultural and marine commodities, as proxies for key natural resources like water and land, can increase the risk of competition (and conflict) over scarce resources.
Trade in agricultural and marine commodities changes the strategic importance of some basic natural resources. Looking at trade in agricultural and marine commodities can help us understand the political economy of the management of those resources.
Key recommendations:
-
The international community needs to consider how to use tools like supply management, compensatory finance mechanisms, national revenue management and market-based risk management instruments to address more effectively the threat commodity price volatility holds for farmers, fishers and countries alike.
-
The UN Security Council should impose sanctions on agricultural and marine resources, if they can be shown to have a direct link to the financing of conflict. Secondary sanctions (i.e., penalties for sanction violators) need to be systematized and made uniform so that states are aware of the penalties, and individuals and companies violating sanctions are subject to criminal prosecution, no matter where they are based.
-
When appropriate, the mandates of UN Expert Panels should be broadened to look at agricultural and marine commodities as well as more traditional conflict resources. The UN Secretariat should create a systematic database of all materials from its Expert Panels, including a subset on natural resource issues, including agricultural and marine commodities, and publish its operational guidelines for expert groups, including on evidentiary standards.
-
In countries where natural resources have played a role in conflict, the UN should ensure that peacekeeping missions have a mandate to help secure natural resources in order to mitigate conflict and to enforce sanctions where they exist. Peacekeeping missions should also have a mandate and the capacities and means to monitor the exploitation and trade in natural resources.
-
The UN should map natural resources, including agricultural and marine resources. UN departments often start peacekeeping operations with little or no idea of what natural resources exist in the country in question, nor what role they may play in fuelling conflict.
-
The UN Peacebuilding Commission, which has been set up to support peacebuilding in fragile states, should ensure they address the role of natural resources as a potential driver of renewed conflict.
-
Policy-makers should support initiatives for increased transparency in the trade of agricultural and marine commodities to restrict their possible contribution to conflict.
-
UN agencies should look for opportunities to encourage national level NGOs and grassroots groups to monitor resource exploitation.
-
Policy-makers should support consumer-based initiatives for sustainably and legally harvested agricultural and marine commodities.
-
Policy-makers should increase investments in sustainable, conflict-free agriculture and fishing projects.
-
A UN Secretary-General’s report should examine the UN’s experience of addressing the role of natural resources in conflict and post-conflict scenarios, the lessons that can be learned and the ways in which existing UN approaches may be strengthened. The report should clarify what constitutes a conflict resource as a basis for identifying cases that require action by the Security Council.
The GSI's method for quantifying irrigation subsidies- Year: 2009
- Author: Ravinder Malik
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 44
This discussion paper sets out an initial method for assessing irrigation subsidies. The method draws on the main components of the Net Cost to the Supplier approach, which focuses on measuring the identifiable government on-budget expenditure, in attempting to calculate irrigation subsidization. The long-term aim of developing the paper is to move towards a consistent and internationally accepted method for measuring irrigation subsidy intensities.
GTI Paper Series- Year: 2006
- Author: Mark Halle
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: Tellus Institute
- Copyright: Tellus Institute
- Number of pages: 1
IISD participated in the Great Transition Initiative, a collective effort led by the Tellus Institute to imagine a better future and to map a route towards it. Information on GTI and the 15 theme papers it produced can be found
here. Mark Halle, IISD's Director of Trade and Investment, wrote the paper on
Trade.
Halle examines what changes would be needed to the multilateral trade rules to enable the transition to three distinct scenarios. One is not too different from the current reality of market-based capitalism, but with far more attention paid to social equity and environmental issues. A second envisions a society where enterprises work for the benefit not principally of the shareholders, but instead of the employees. The third imagines a world where local production is favoured over internationally-traded production. Halle concludes, surprisingly, that it is not principally the trade rules that impede these transitions.
Guest View: Daniel Gagnier- Year: 2009
- Author: Daniel Gagnier
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: International Organization for Standardization
- Copyright: International Organization for Standardization
Daniel Gagnier, the Chair of IISD's Board of Directors, was recently interviewed by the International Organization for Standardization's magazine. In this item, Gagnier speaks about social responsibility, markets, climate change and other elements of sustainable development. And he shines a light on the IISD approach: "…each IISD program includes economic as well as environmental and social inquiry," he says. "This interconnected endeavour requires the use of multiple methods and analytical tools. Economics is increasingly interconnected with other fields of inquiry, thus providing fertile ground for research on how environmental and social issues are affected by our economic choices and vice versa."
This article was first published in
ISO Focus, the magazine of the International Organization for Standardization and is reproduced with permission of the Editor.
http://www.iso.org/isofocusA Guide to Kyoto: Climate Change and What it Means to Canadians- Year: 1998
- Author: Ian Darragh
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 20
The
Guide outlines the scientific background to the Kyoto Protocol and some of the implications for Canadians. It discusses the possible impact on the transportation, industrial and residential sectors, and looks at what strategies business, communities and governments might consider in response to the challenge of meeting the reduction goals. It is a straight forward, non-technical and brief introduction to an international agreement that may be of critical importance to Canada's future development.
A Guide to Using the Working Draft ABS Management Tool- Year: 2005
- Author: IISD, Stratos Inc., Jorge Cabrera
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: SECO
- Copyright: SECO
This publication explains how to implement the draft Access and Benefit Sharing (ABS) Management Tool (ABS-MT). The draft ABS-MT was developed during 2003–04 by the IISD project team, with input from ABS experts and practitioners. The ABS-MT is a practical tool that seeks to help facilitate the negotiation and implementation of fair and equitable ABS agreements. It is NOT a policy document—but targeted at people involved in the day-to-day negotiation of ABS agreements, be they within companies, research organizations, communities or government agencies.
Have Participatory Approaches Increased Capabilities? - Year: 2005
- Author: Anantha K. Duraiappah, Pumulo V. Roddy, Jo-Ellen Parry
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 34
Since their introduction in the 1970s, participatory methods and techniques have become central tools for community development and have been applied in a variety of contexts and sectors. Participatory approaches to development are promoted on the basis that they support effective project implementation and enhance the well-being of the poor. Although the poor are becoming increasingly involved in the various stages of development, questions remain as to whether their inclusion constitutes genuine participation and whether people's capabilities have been increased in such a manner as to enable them to chart the course of their destinies in collaboration with the government, NGOs and the international community. This paper seeks to address these broader issues within the specific context of participatory freedom. Its main goals are to:
-
provide an overview of five participatory approaches and techniques that can be used; and
-
introduce key issues for consideration when assessing the degree to which specific participatory approaches may contribute to enhancing the capabilities of individuals and communities.
Helping Knowledge Networks Work- Year: 2001
- Author: Terri Willard
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 27
This paper addresses the key competencies which organizations must possess in order to work effectively in networks. IISD has found that leadership of the management and project teams is one of the most critical indicators of long-term network success. This leadership demonstrates itself through the establishment of consistent procedures for teams that allow them to contribute their skills and knowledge. These procedures will reflect the nature of network activities as well as the national, organizational and functional cultures of the organizations involved.
Herding on the Brink: Towards a Global Survey of Pastoral Communities and Conflict- Year: 2005
- Author: Nori, Switzer, Crawford
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
An overview of the linkages between pastoralism and conflict, using a sustainable livelihoods conflict analysis. The paper describes the tensions and threats currently felt by pastoral communities, the ways in which such tensions hold the potential for violent conflict, and the means through which the conflicts can be mitigated and prevented.
Hidden Assets: Young Professionals in Knowledge Networks- Year: 2001
- Author: Terri Willard, Heather Creech, Victoria Cole, Carolee Buckler
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 45
One of the key components of sustainable development is a conscious consideration of the needs of future generations. Today's young people will ultimately bear the responsibility for implementing the policies and programs necessary for sustainable development. New approaches must be found to engage them in solving the challenges we face, and in contributing to policies and directions for the future. We have found that by far the best way to engage young people is to give them the opportunity to work on the issues within the contexts of knowledge networks.
This paper seeks to examine more closely the roles that young professionals play in knowledge networks; determine what their contributions are; determine what they gain from the network experience; uncover obstacles to their work; and make recommendations to strengthen their participation.
Hope and Change are Far from Reality for Congolese and a Threatened Environment- Year: 2008
- Author: Crawford
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
In the IISD Commentary, Alec Crawford notes that the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) is home to one of the world’s worst ongoing conflicts. For the residents of eastern DRC, caught in this conflict, the only change being seen is the change from a bad situation to one that is worse. Despair, not hope, is becoming further entrenched. And the environment is suffering.
House of Commons Standing Committee on the Environment and Sustainable Development November 27th, 2007- Year: 2007
- Author: John Drexhage
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
In testimony to the House of Commons Standing Committee on the Environment and Sustainable Development November 27th, 2007, John Drexahge explained the lessons of the past twenty years of understanding climate change leads us to conclusions about what we need to know and do during the COP 13 meeting in Bali, Indonesia in December 2007. He states it is clear that we simply cannot meet the environmental imperative of avoiding human interference with the globe's climate system without engaging all major emitters. But the lead must lie with developed countries, who are most responsible for the current greenhouse gas concentrations in the atmosphere and who, by cause of their relatively stable and prosperous social and economic conditions, are most able to take on more aggressive actions. In his view, this means that North America, which can only be described as a pariah when compared to the rest of the world's greenhouse gas emissions per capita, must lead the way.
How Information and Communications Technologies Can Support Education for Sustainable Development: Current uses and trends- Year: 2008
- Author: Leslie Paas, Heather Creech
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 38
As part of IISD's involvement with Manitoba Education, Citizenship and Youth and the UNESCO Decade of Education for Sustainable Development, this paper presents a brief history, and identifies current uses and trends for deploying ICTs, primarily in the formal Kindergarten to Grade 12 education system, with a focus on the online environment. It considers three main questions: (1) Why do ICTs need to be considered as a critical tool in education for sustainable development (ESD)?; (2) What ICTs are currently being used by educators and learners?; and (3) What can we expect to see in the near future?
How material is ISO 26000 Social Responsibility to Small and Medium-sized Enterprises (SMEs)?- Year: 2008
- Author: Oshani Perera
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 36
The report maps the materiality of the ISO 26000 Social Responsibility to small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) through a global survey of 59 SMEs, 37 social responsibility consultations and 16 National Cleaner Production Centres across the world.
How Might Agriculture Develop in Southern Africa? Making Sense of Complexity- Year: 2009
- Author: Peter Draper, Sheila Kiratu, Tanja Hichert
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 32
The issues around food security and agriculture in Southern Africa are dynamic, complex, uncertain and difficult to address. This report is an attempt at understanding the current situation and the driving forces i.e. the underlying social, political, environmental and technological trends that will affect the future of agriculture in the region. It stems from a scenario planning exercise with regional partners that employed structured strategic conversations from multiple perspectives as a tool to identify critical uncertainties that affect food security and agriculture. The result is a report that identifies a range of threats, opportunities, trends and outcomes of Southern Africa’s agricultural futures.
Key findings:
-
Increased investment in African agriculture is a medium term possibility, since historic underinvestment has been recognized by, inter alia, the World Bank and regional governments as a problem. Hence it is likely that – and assuming the liquidity crunch currently being experienced is relatively quickly overcome – more money will be made available.
-
The spread of supermarkets, with their concomitant cold chains, and the food manufacturers that add value to basic agricultural produce could be a major boost for regional agriculture if managed proactively, opportunistically and in the interests of regional agriculture.
-
Solving the problem of inefficient internal markets in the region substantially depends on securing sufficient investment in infrastructure.
-
There may be opportunities arising from investment relocation if the developed world and major developing countries adopt serious climate mitigation policies. Therefore, it is possible that a virtuous investment cycle could ensue in the medium term. But, clearly, there are many dangers inherent in this path, not least climate protectionism in those same developed country markets and the direct impacts of climate change on regional agriculture .
-
Genetically Modified Organisms seem to offer major potential for boosting agricultural yields and ‘climate proofing’ crops hence the region would benefit from a serious, non-emotional debate about the costs and benefits of this technology, given its potential.
Key recommendations:
-
Given the region’s land abundance and international interest in this, it is imperative that regional governments work out transparent and sustainable terms under which foreign governments and companies gain access to their land.
-
In addition to up scaling investment in infrastructure so as to promote agricultural trade in the region, national governments should establish regional trading arrangements that connect surplus regions with deficit regions.
-
Long term planning for existing subsidy programmes (e.g. Malawi) may not be optimal. Malawi seems to have successfully invested in input subsidies to boost domestic agricultural production. While there are some concerns about the fiscal sustainability of this programme (currently it is donor funded), it is nonetheless an intriguing model for the region to explore.
How to support an L14 in breaking global deadlocks: do we need a formal network of institutions or an open source system of experts?- Year: 2007
- Author: Heather Creech
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: Centre for Global Studies
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 8
How could a network of think tanks support a global leaders initiative to resolve global deadlocks on climate change, HIV AIDs, and other crises? This paper explores what such a network might look like in 2015, suggesting that think tanks themselves are changing to more open, social networks of experts.
The ICT Sector and the Global Connectivity System: A sustainable development overview- Year: 2008
- Author: Tony Vetter, Heather Creech
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
In 2007, IISD published a collection of papers on Internet Governance and Sustainable Development: Towards a Common Agenda, as a preliminary investigation into the linkages between these two domains. In undertaking this review, we realized that stakeholders in these domains held different perspectives on what constituted the “Internet sector” and, possibly more broadly, the “information and communications technologies [ICT] sector.” Without greater clarity and definition provided by a sector approach, we found it problematic to begin to address questions around who would be in a position to work for greater synergies between ICTs, the management of the infrastructure and content we know as the Internet, and their role in contributing to, or moving the world further away from, sustainable development.
This broad group of actors involved in the production of hardware, software, communications infrastructure, standards, policies, content, collaboration and networking is potentially more complex than other sectors with which the sustainable development community has engaged in the past, including extractive industries, the energy sector, agriculture, health and so forth. Participation from the ICT industry in the World Business Council for Sustainable Development has shifted away from the traditional hardware and software manufacturers; but has increased slightly from the telecommunications sector. Within one of the few sustainable-development-focused ICT industry associations, the Global E-Sustainability Initiative (GeSI), there is room for “any company or organization which, as a principal part of its business, provides a service for the point to point transmission of voice, data or moving images over a fixed, Internet, mobile or personal communication network, or is a
supplier of equipment which is an integral component of the communication network infrastructure,”[1] but not necessarily room for those that serve to manage the infrastructure through the development of standards and protocols, or for those who provide content and applications as part of their social engagement within and through the infrastructure.
This paper is our first effort to gain greater clarity on what more broadly constitutes the ICT sector and its role in sustainable development.
[1] GeSI membership statement
ICTs, Adaptation to Climate Change, and Sustainable Development at the Edges- Year: 2008
- Author: MacLean
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
A new creative capacity, enabled by information and communication technologies, is one of the keys to adapting to the impacts of climate change, particularly in the most vulnerable regions of the world—areas that are geographically, economically or socially marginal, and therefore tend to lie at the edges of the world's mainstream concerns. In this commentary, IISD Associate Don MacLean explains why.
ICTs, Innovation and the Challenge of Climate Change- Year: 2008
- Author: Don MacLean, Bill St. Arnaud
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: Licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution Non-commercial No Derivatives (by-nc-nd) License.
- Number of pages: 18
The purpose of this paper is to provide comments and suggestions aimed at helping the OECD Working Party on the Information Economy (WPIE) develop a work program on the subject of "ICTs and the Environment" under the general theme: "Impact of Networked ICTs on the Economy and Society."
This paper was prepared on the invitation of Industry Canada as a voluntary contribution to the OECD Workshop on ICTs and Environmental Challenges in Copenhagen on May 22–23, 2008. It reflects the personal views of the authors, which are not necessarily those of Industry Canada, CANARIE or IISD. Background information on the proposals presented in this paper is available at
http://green-broadband.blogspot.com/ and
http://www.iisd.org/infosoc/.
IIA Insighter – Issue 1 – Spring 2007- Year: 2007
- Author:
- Format: Newsletter
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright:
IIA Insighter is an occasional publication targeted at parliamentarians and elected officials, offering them insight into how international investment agreements (IIAs) may impact on domestic issues of public interest.
The publication offers a mix of news, features, commentaries and resources. Particular effort is made to provide information which is pitched at the level of the non-expert, so that readers may grasp and understand the key concerns related to IIAs.
IISD also provides more specialized research and news publications devoted to IIAs. Investment Treaty News, is a free electronic reporting service available by email subscription. ITN offers more detailed and comprehensive reporting on lawsuits arising under IIAs, as well as investigations into lawsuits not otherwise publicized. IISD also produces a wide range of analysis and commentary on emerging issues in this field.
IIA Insighter: Issue 2 – Autumn 2007- Year: 2007
- Author:
- Format: Newsletter
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
IIA-Insighter keeps parliamentarians and elected officials abreast of developments in the the field of foreign investment. The publication focuses specifically on the international treaties which regulate foreign investment activity, and which can have myriad domestic policy implications. The latest issue includes an opinion piece by a pair of U.S. politicians, as well as news and analysis of lawsuits between foreign investors and their host governments in the developed and developing world.
IIA Insighter: Issue 3 – Summer 2008- Year: 2008
- Author:
- Format: Newsletter
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
IIA Insighter keeps parliamentarians and elected officials abreast of developments in the field of foreign investment. The publication focuses specifically on the international treaties which regulate foreign investment activity, and which can have myriad domestic policy implications. This issue includes a summary of key investment-related disputes which address public policy questions, and a commentary on the need for an international investment court.
IISD Commentary - Environmental Insecurity- Year: 2002
- Author: Jason Switzer
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
In spite of the nearly US$30 billion the international community invested in humanitarian assistance during the 1990s, over 1,500 people died each day as a result of civil wars and natural disasters. What if investment in environmental conservation were a more cost-effective alternative for confl ict and disaster management and prevention than peace-keeping and disaster relief? IISD's Jason Switzer explores the links between environment and security.
IISD Commentary - Sustainable development cools off: Globalization demands summit take new approach to meeting ecological, social goals- Year: 2002
- Author: Mark Halle
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
This IISD Commentary, written by IISD's Director of Trade and Investment Mark Halle, appeared in the Winnipeg Free Press July 29, 2002. In this perspective of sustainable development just prior to the World Summit on Sustainable Development in Johannesburg, Halle notes that the institutions governing the global economy have grown stronger while those promoting social equity, poverty alleviation and environmental co-operation remain weak
IISD Corporate Brochure- Year: 2005
- Author: IISD
- Format: Outreach
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
In the spring of 2005, IISD produced this institutional brochure describing our program areas and our commitment to innovation.
The IISD Innovator- Year: 2008
- Author:
- Format: Newsletter
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
The IISD Innovator is a quarterly newsletter publication of the Fund Development and Community Relations Department at the International Institute for Sustainable Development.
Showcasing news, the latest trends, personalities and interviews, The Innovator is all about innovation in sustainable development and regularly highlights IISD's programs and projects at the local, national and international levels.
Alanna Mitchell is the Editor of The Innovator. An IISD Associate in Toronto, she is an award-winning journalist and author of Dancing at the Dead Sea: Tracking the World's Environmental Hotspots and Sea Sick-which is slated for publication in Australia in September 2008 and in Canada in January 2009.
Rick Groom is Contributing Editor of The Innovator. He is also Development and Communications Officer with IISD in Winnipeg. An accomplished freelance journalist, his work has appeared in Canadian Living, Homemakers, Tribute, Today's Bride, TV Guide as well as CTV's Canada a.m. and CBC-Radio.
The IISD Innovator - January 2009- Year: 2009
- Author:
- Format: Newsletter
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Now bigger than ever, this special, 12-page Expanded Edition of
The IISD Innovator newsletter showcases an in-depth report on the Jeffrey Sachs / Yvo de Boer Climate Change Dialogue on Carbon Tax versus Carbon Trade at The Earth Institute at Columbia University in New York. Features include
Sustainable Prosperity: Where Capitalism Meets The Environment; IISD and First Nations: Near $130 Million in Eco-Benefits for Boreal Forest; The Challenge of Greening Sacred Places and a Profile of IISD Board-Member Milton Wong.The IISD Innovator - October 2008 - Year: 2008
- Format: Newsletter
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
The October 2008 edition of The
IISD Innovator features an exciting, all-new, expanded format with more pages, more photos and more in-depth articles. On the cover:
Climate Change in Canada—the Duval River Disaster on Baffin Island; Green Finance: The Quiet Revolution—focusing on one of the latest trends in sustainability; a new regular feature:
Inside IISD; Sustainability Q+A: All About Big Room, Inc., plus
A Few Minutes with Chuck Hantho, who retired from the IISD Board of Directors in June 2008.
The IISD Innovator: Issue 5 - May 2008- Year: 2008
- Author:
- Format: Newsletter
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
May 2008 edition Highlights: IISD President David Runnalls' recipe as to how Canada can get back on top of its Sustainable Development game again, Sustainability Today Q+A with IISD Youth Internship alumnus Dara Edmonds and Notable Quotes from the Globe 2008 Conference in Vancouver.
The IISD Innovator is a quarterly publication of the Fund Development and Community Relations Department at the International Institute for Sustainable Development.
IISD joins newly formed international coalition for a green economy: Signs open letter to G20- Year: 2009
- Author: Mark Halle
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
IISD-Europe Executive Director Mark Halle has signed an open letter to the G20, as a member of a new international global coalition urging the heads of state to build a green and inclusive economy.
The coalition of environment, development, business and labour groups, met for the first time in Switzerland March 2-3, 2009. The meeting was convened by IUCN in partnership with WWF International UNEP, and IIED. Participants also included representatives from the Bellagio Forum for Sustainable Development, DFID, IISD, ILO, ITUC, Royal Philips Electronics, WBCSD, and The Centre for Human Ecology.
IISD Model International Agreement on Investment for Sustainable Development- Year: 2005
- Author: Howard Mann, Konrad von Moltke, Aaron Cosbey, Luke Eric Peterson
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 50
The current model for International Investment Agreements (IIAs) was developed 50 years ago in a political and economic context that bears little resemblance to today's, and designed for a much narrower role than such agreements now play. Many critics believe that the current international investment regime is flawed beyond repair, and argue for the complete dissolution of the regime and its replacement with a regime specifically focussed on the obligations of transnational investors. IISD shares many of the concerns, but has taken a different tack, proposing a new model for IIAs with rights and obligations for investors, home states and host states—a model consistent with the goals and requirements of sustainable development and the global economy of the 21st century.
This publication contains the full text of IISD's Model International Agreement on Investment for Sustainable Development. It is an essential reference for negotiators of IIAs struggling against the current model to craft agreements that will serve their national interests.
IISD Model International Agreement on Investment for Sustainable Development - Negotiators' Handbook- Year: 2005
- Author: Howard Mann, Konrad von Moltke, Aaron Cosbey, Luke Eric Peterson
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 102
- ISBN: 1-895536-65-0
The current model for International Investment Agreements (IIAs) was developed 50 years ago in a political and economic context that bears little resemblance to today's, and designed for a much narrower role than such agreements now play. Many critics believe that the current international investment regime is flawed beyond repair, and argue for the complete dissolution of the regime and its replacement with a regime specifically focussed on the obligations of transnational investors. IISD shares many of the concerns, but has taken a different tack, proposing a new model for IIAs with rights and obligations for investors, home states and host states—a model consistent with the goals and requirements of sustainable development and the global economy of the 21st century.
This publication contains the full text of IISD's Model International Agreement on Investment for Sustainable Development, with an article-by-article commentary explaining in clear language the intent and nuances of the text. It is essential reading for negotiators of IIAs struggling against the current model to craft agreements that will serve their national interests. But it is also written to engage a wider audience of stakeholders concerned about the future path of international law and globalization.
IISD News- Year: 2002
- Author: Slayen Stuart
- Format: Newsletter
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
IISD News is a quarterly publication designed to deliver news, information and feature stories about the International Institute for Sustainable Development.
To subscribe to the text-only, e-mail version send a blank e-mail to
subscribe-iisdnews@lists.iisd.ca; to receive the PDF version by e-mail, send a blank e-mail to
subscribe-iisdnews-pdf@lists.iisd.ca
IISD News was launched in March 2002.
IISD News - December 2007- Year: 2007
- Author: Stuart Slayen
- Format: Newsletter
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
The December 2007 issue of IISD News includes a year-end message from President and CEO David Runnalls; and overview of recent and upcoming work by IISD's Global Subsidies Initiative; a look at the evolving North American emissions trading landscape and more.
IISD News - December 2008- Year: 2008
- Author: Stuart Slayen
- Format: Newsletter
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
The December 2008 issue of IISD News talks about “The Citizen is Willing, But Society Won’t Deliver,” a new e-book by Norman Myers and Jennifer Kent. The newsletter also includes a new feature highlighting what IISD team members are reading… for work and for pleasure.
IISD News - May 2008- Year: 2008
- Author: Stuart Slayen
- Format: Newsletter
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
The May 2008 issue of IISD News includes a feature on IISD’s efforts to promote sustainable development as the meeting theme at the upcoming Internet Governance Forum to be held later this year; an update on IISD’s Bridging the Gap capital campaign; and highlights of IISD’s international conference on Canadian and international perspectives on post-2012 climate policy, held in Ottawa earlier this year.
IISD Statement on Trade & Sustainable Development- Year: 2000
- Author: IISD
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
The statement is aimed at those working on international trade policy, and especially those concerned with the issues that arise at the interface between trade, development and the environment. It makes not attempt to be comprehensive; instead, it communicates the messages which IISD feels are most important at this critical juncture in the development of the international trading system and which can be accommodated in a statement of four pages
IISD Viewpoint 1 (Qatar 2001)- Year: 2001
- Author: IISD
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
August 2001 - Commentary from IISD - World Trade Organization
IISD Viewpoint 2 (Qatar 2001)- Year: 2001
- Author: IISD
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
October 12, 2001 - Commentary from IISD
IISD Viewpoint 3 (Qatar 2001)- Year: 2001
- Author: IISD
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
October 19, 2001 - Commentary from IISD
IISD Viewpoint 4 (Qatar 2001)- Year: 2001
- Author: IISD
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
November 6, 2001 - Commentary from IISD
IISD's Letter to Foreign Policy, Reacting to "NGOs: Fighting Poverty, Hurting the Poor"- Year: 2004
- Author: Mark Halle
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright:
In its September/October 2004 edition,
Foreign Policy printed an article by Sebastian Mallaby of the
Washington Post. Its thesis was roughly as follows: The World Bank is fighting to alleviate poverty. NGOs are campaigning against the Bank, slowing down its projects and making them more expensive. Ergo, NGO activity is harming the poor. This article has been reproduced on a number of sites, including
UN-NGLS Civil Society Observer. IISD's Director of Trade and Investment, Mark Halle, responded with this letter.
IISD/Myrada Appreciative Inquiry Project – Six-Month Report 2: January–June, 2000- Year: 2000
- Author: Graham Ashford
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 9
The goal of this project is to advance sustainable development and to facilitate sustainable livelihoods by providing governmental and nongovernmental
organizations in India with a better method of designing and delivering programs—
one that identifies and reinforces a community’s strengths, achievements and vision, rather than focusing on its problems, deficiencies and needs.
IISD: Charles Loewen on sustainable development- Year: 2008
- Author: Charles Loewen, Rick (Interviewer) Groom, Jason E.J. (Technical Producer) Manaigre
- Format: Video Interview
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Charles Loewen, IISD board member, chair of the capital campaign, and CEO and chair of Loewen Windows, talks about the importance of sustainable development.
IISD: Daniel Gagnier on sustainable development- Year: 2008
- Author: Daniel Gagnier, Rick (Interviewer) Groom, Jason E.J. (Technical Producer) Manaigre
- Format: Video Interview
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Daniel Gagnier, IISD board chair and chief of staff, Office of the Premier of Quebec, shares his views on sustainable development and what originally drew him to IISD.
IISD: Milton Wong on sustainable development- Year: 2008
- Author: Milton Wong, Rick (Interviewer) Groom, Jason E.J. (Technical Producer) Manaigre
- Format: Video Interview
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Milton Wong, IISD board member and chairman of HSBC Asset Management (Canada) Limited, talks about his history with IISD and why young people hold the key to the future of sustainable development.
IISD: Stephanie Cairns on sustainable development- Year: 2008
- Author: Stephanie Cairns, Rick (Interviewer) Groom, Jason E.J. (Technical Producer) Manaigre
- Format: Video Interview
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Stephanie Cairns, IISD board member, and principal of Wrangellia Consulting, talks about trends in sustainable development and beyond.
IISD: Vicky Sharpe on sustainable development- Year: 2008
- Author: Vicky Sharpe, Rick (Interviewer) Groom, Jason E.J. (Technical Producer) Manaigre
- Format: Video Interview
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Vicky Sharpe, IISD board member, and CEO and president of Sustainable Development Technology Canada (SDTC), shares highlights of her career in sustainable development.
The Impact of Water Conflicts on Pastoral Livelihoods: The Case of Wajir District in Kenya- Year: 2005
- Author: Eileen Omosa
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: Eileen Omosa, IISD
This report by Eileen Omosa describes and analyzes the impact of conflicts over water on the livelihoods of pastoral communities in the Wajir District of Northern Kenya.
Implementing Environmental, Health and Safety (EH&S) Standards, and Technical Regulations: The Developing Country Experience- Year: 2003
- Author: Tom Rotherham
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 34
As tariff levels have dropped, non-tariff or technical barriers to trade have become relatively more important for developing-country market access. Although the WTO Agreement on Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT) addresses these issues, experience suggests that, without certain basic institutional infrastructure, developing countries cannot benefit from the provisions in the TBT Agreement. This paper reviews developing countries' experiences implementing Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S) standards and technical regulations. The paper highlights the kinds of problems that exist, discusses examples of initiatives to address these problems and suggests priorities for future work. It argues that EH&S requirements are no different from other product quality requirements: both are required for market access and both are developed and implemented within a complex institutional and legal framework.
Implications of the Cotonou Agreement for Sustainable Development in the ACP Countries and Beyond- Year: 2004
- Author: Konrad von Moltke
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
This paper assesses the Cotonou Partnership Agreement (CPA)—an agreement between the EU and a group of African, Caribbean and Pacific (ACP) countries, most of them former colonies. The CPA relies heavily on the benefits of trade liberalization, complemented by EU aid in various forms. How likely is it that this grand experiment will promote sustainable development, and what else needs to be done to ensure that it does?
Implications of the DOT Force and Genoa G-8 Summit on Youth Organizations and Networks- Year: 2001
- Author: Duane Taylor
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 6
20 August 2001
Impoverishment and Sustainable Development: A Systems Approach- Year: 1994
- Author: Gilberto Gallopin
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 80
- ISBN: 1-895536-16-2
Dr. Gallopin's research, carried out while he was a Senior Fellow of IISD, presents a systemic approach which makes the connections among different social and ecological dimensions. The approach described here will be useful to researchers and practitioners seeking a broad understanding of the comples linkages among impoverishment and sustainable development processes. This systemic view is essential for understanding how poverty alleviation must build upon combinations of good local initiative and of changes at a macropolicy level, for example in teh areas of trade and government budget reform.
In the Arbitration under Chapter 11 of the North American Free Trade Agreement and the UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules between Methanex Corporation, (Claimant/Investor) and United States of America, (Respondent/Party); Petition to the Arbitral Tribunal- Year: 2000
- Author: IISD
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 8
The purpose of this Petition is to request permission to submit an Amicus Curiae
brief to the Tribunal on critical legal issues of public concern in the arbitration between Methanex Corporation and the United States of America.
In the Arbitration under Chapter 11 of the North American Free Trade Agreement and the UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules between Methanex Corporation, (Claimant/Investor) and United States of America, (Respondent/Party); Petitioner's Final Submissions- Year: 2000
- Author: IISD
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 13
On August 25, 2000, the International Institute for Sustainable Development (IISD), the Petitioner, filed a written Petition with this Tribunal seeking:
- permission to file an amicus brief in writing at an appropriate time in the proceedings, noting that such a brief would benefit from reading the memorial and counter-memorial of the two litigating parties prior to making its submission;
- permission to make oral submissions in support of the written brief at an appropriate time in the proceedings;
- permission to have observer status at the oral hearings in order to facilitate the most informed oral submissions possible. (Para. 5.1 of Aug. 25 Petition)
Incentives for Early Action on Climate Change- Year: 1998
- Author: Jim Leslie
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 33
Addresses the risk of global climate change and reviews the use of credit and banking to stimulate additional early action to reduce greenhouse gas emissions prior to 2008.
Inching Forward at the Climate Talks in Buenos Aires- Year: 1999
- Author: Victoria Kellet, Chad Carpenter
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 8
From November 2 to 13, 1998, delegates from 170 countries met in Buenos Aires,
Argentina for the Fourth Conference of the Parties to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (FCCC). This was the first Conference of the Parties (COP) since the landmark Kyoto Protocol was signed in December 1997, committing industrialized countries to targets to cut their emissions of greenhouse gases. The task of COP-4, as it was called, was to start elaborating some of the details wrapped up in the Kyoto Protocol and the Convention. As it turned out, negotiators made little progress in untangling the complex issues on the agenda. Instead, following hours of tortuous negotiations that stretched into dawn on the 14th, they adopted the “Buenos Aires Plan of Action,” establishing a work program with firm deadlines for agreeing on issues.
Increasing Community Resilience to Climate-Related Disasters through Sustainable Livelihoods (Livelihoods and Climate Change Information Paper 1)- Year: 2003
- Author: SEI, IUCN, Intercooperation, IISD
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD, SEI, IUCN and Intercooperation
- Number of pages: 2
In an effort to encourage the use of ecosystem management and restoration activities in climate change adaptation strategies, IUCN, IISD, SEI-B and Intercooperation have produced a series of Information Papers to highlight successful examples of where such activities have decreased community vulnerability to climate-related hazards such as droughts and floods.
This first paper of the series is a two-page summary of the purpose, rationale and multi-disciplinary approach that characterizes IUCN, IISD, SEI-B and Intercooperation's project on climate change adaptation.
Increasing the Resilience of Tropical Hillside Communities through Forest Landscape Restoration (Livelihoods and Climate Change Information Paper 2)- Year: 2003
- Author: SEI, IUCN, Intercooperation, IISD
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD, SEI, IUCN and Intercooperation
- Number of pages: 4
In an effort to encourage the use of ecosystem management and restoration activities in climate change adaptation strategies, IUCN, IISD, SEI-B and Intercooperation have produced a series of Information Papers to highlight successful examples of where such activities have decreased community vulnerability to climate-related hazards such as droughts and floods.
This Information Paper, second of a series, focuses on the vulnerability of tropical hillside communities around the world and uses an example from Central America to describe how local resilience to climate impacts was built through forest landscape restoration.
Indicators for Sustainable Development: Theory, Method, Applications- Year: 1999
- Author: Bossel
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: Hartmut Bossel 1999
- Number of pages: 124
- ISBN: 1-895536-13-8
In
Indicators for Sustainable Development, Dr. Bossel, an engineer and leading systems scientist, shows that we need indicators for sustainable development that provide reliable information about the natural, physical and social world in which we live, and on which our survival and quality of life depends. He illustrates that popular indicators like the gross domestic product are inadequate, as they inform us only about monetary flows and not about the state of the environment, the destruction of resources or the quality of life.
Indicators for the Sustainable Management of Tourism- Year: 1993
- Author: IISD
- Format: Book
- Publisher: WTO and Industry, Science and Technology Canada
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 36
- ISBN: 1-895536-08-1
Industry in Transition: A Profile of the North American Mining Sector- Year: 2002
- Author: MMSD
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD and Alistair MacDonald (Talmac Consulting)
- Number of pages: 146
- ISBN: 1-895536-52-9
The mining industry is changing. And so is the planet. As the industry grows and globalizes, there is increasing pressure for mining to embrace the principles of sustainable development. In Industry in Transition, Alistair MacDonald delivers a thorough profile of the North American industry, outlining the challenges and opportunities on the path to sustainability. The changing nature of risk in the mineral industries is highlighted, and it is argued that the industry needs to be treated as an integrated production system in order to make the necessary transition an effective one.
INFASA: A Dialogue on Sustainable Agriculture (Brochure)- Year: 2007
- Author:
- Format: Outreach
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
The International Forum on Assessing Sustainability in Agriculture (INFASA) was established by IISD and the Swiss College of Agriculture in 2006. INFASA aims to advance sustainable agricultural production by facilitating an ongoing strategic dialogue among scientists, policy-makers, producers, food industry leaders and consumers. This brochure outlines the need for this type of dialogue by examining the background of the issues regarding sustainable agriculture such as the concerns about projected global population growth, inequitable food distribution and increasing environmental pressures. Sustainable agricultural practices are ncessary to address these issues.
INFASA debuted with a Symposium in Bern, Switzerland in March of 2006. The Symposium included a wide range of stakeholders, including corporations, farmers, researchers and NGOs. Some of the key topics were: the need to coordinate transparent and standardized approaches for all stakeholders; the need for easy to understand measurement and assessment tools; the linkages between policy and practice; and the farm-level applications of these tools.
The future of INFASA includes not only the publication of the book
Sustainable Agriculture: From Common Principles to Common Practice and its accompanying CD but also the development of a common understanding of the issue. INFASA will act as a catalyst in finding a common language to address sustainability issues in agriculture. In the next phase of INFASA the following key questions are to be addressed: What measurement tools and practices are needed by the various stakeholders? What are the most prominent and promising measurement tools and practices in use? How can we improve the use of measurement tools? What guidance can we offer for developing the next generation of sustainability measurement tools? How can we strengthen the data underpinning agricultural sustainability measurement? How can we use demonstration projects and promote capacity building?
Information Exchange and Observer Status: The World Trade Organisation and Multilateral Environmental Agreements.- Year: 2003
- Author: Konrad von Moltke
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 51
This report, prepared for the EU China Programme for China's Accession to the WTO, administered by the German GTZ, looks at the issue of observer status for multilateral environmental agreements in the WTO. Negotiations on this issue are mandated by paragraph 31 of the Doha Ministerial Declaration but little analytic attention has thus far been given to this issue. It turns out that the question raises delicate issues concerning inter-organizational relations but that pragmatic solutions appear to be available. Reproduced here with permission.
Information Society and Sustainable Development: Exploring the Linkages- Year: 2003
- Author: Terri Willard, Michael Halder
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 30
This paper, published in 2003 for the World Summit on the Information Society, explores the relationship between the information society and sustainable development. The effective utilization of information and communication technology for development is consistent with the achievement of the Millennium Development Goals.
Information Technology Enabled Services (ITES) Sector Industries Might be Cut Down to Size, but Globalization Will Continue: An IISD Commentary- Year: 2009
- Author: Oshani Perera
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
IISD and AccountAbility will soon release a report on responsible competitiveness in information technology enabled services, which we hope will raise the profile of business process outsourcing and software services as catalysts for more sustainable and equitable globalization. Our primer looks at how this could be done—how the world can be made more sustainable and "flat" though improved opportunities for knowledge and growth.
In advance of that release, Project Officer Oshani Perera looks at the impact of alleged corruption in the information technology enabled service sector.
Innovation in the Agro-Industry Sector in Costa Rica: Main Determinants- Year: 2007
- Author: Jeffrey Orozco, Carlos Murillo
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 20
The search for eco-efficiency and clean production methods is closely linked to the capacity for innovation at the firm level. Given that environmental problems are highly specific to firms and locations there is a need for firms to develop the capacity for innovation to find solutions to problems for which there are no “on-the-shelf” technologies available. This paper looks to examine the relationship between innovation strategies at the firm level and some specific characteristics of innovation processes, to analyze internal and external factors working as barriers or motivators for the introduction of cleaner technologies in firms; and to analyze components of the system of innovation and its impacts on the innovation processes in the agro-industry sector.
Institutional Brochure 2000- Year: 2000
- Author: IISD
- Format: Outreach
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
The International Institute for Sustainable Development applies research, expert analysis and information technology to the challenges of sustainable development.
Through partnerships, policy recommendations and dissemination of knowledge, IISD demonstrates how human ingenuity can improve the well-being of the
environment, economy and society.
Integrating Aboriginal Values into Land-Use and Resource Management- Year: 2001
- Author: IISD
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 17
This project contributes to the “values” component of the Ecosystems Based
Management (EBM) pilot project that Manitoba’s Department of Conservation is
implementing on the east side of Lake Winnipeg (Ecoregion 90). IISD’s goal is to
develop a process that a) helps Aboriginal people identify the values their
community places on the forested landscape around them; b) effectively expresses those values to decision-makers in the provincial government, the forest
industry and other stakeholders; and c) stimulates discussion by all stakeholders
on ways to incorporate Aboriginal values into land use and resource management.
Integrating the Environment into the Poverty Reduction Strategy Papers- Year: 2005
- Author: Anantha K. Duraiappah, Pumulo V. Roddy
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 19
The Poverty Reduction Strategy Papers (PRSPs) process was adopted in 1999 to help developing countries and the international donor community better coordinate efforts to reduce poverty. The PRSP review process is guided by a set of two overarching questions followed by a more detailed list of 15 questions. An evaluation of these questions highlights that environment issues aren’t examined. This is not surprising as most PRSPs have emphasized traditional engines of economic growth.
Recent studies on the links among the environment, human well-being and poverty have revealed the close links the poor have with the environment especially ecosystem services. Acknowledging these critical links also requires that environmental concerns are integrated explicitly in PRSPs. The World Bank methodology developed to evaluate environmental integration within PRSPs provides only provides a very rough indicator of that integration.
This paper advances a different approach using a structured questionnaire to solicit preferences from a range of stakeholders involved in the PRSP process and moves beyond the traditional definition of environmental issues to an ecosystem approach.
International Coffee Agreement 2007: An Instrument for Building a Sustainable Coffee Economy- Year: 2008
- Author: Jason Potts
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 8
This report notes a shift in the scope of sustainability and sustainable expansion in the International Coffee Agreement 2007, from being one issue in the global coffee industry to a broad guiding principle that informs the entire Agreement. This broader focus on sustainability could result in expanded industry opportunities for: participatory governance; market information and statistics about an increasingly differentiated coffee market; capacity-building and technical assistance; and improved access to finance and credit. The report outlines a series of steps for moving from the conceptual commitments made in the new ICA to a proactive and practical agenda for securing the sustainability of the global coffee economy.
International Development Committee Inquiry – Written Evidence- Year: 2006
- Author: Brown
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
This short paper was submitted as written evidence for the IDC's inquiry on "Conflict and Development." TAS Project Manager Oli Brown was called as a witness to the inquiry and was cross-questioned by the IDC, a cross-party committee of U.K. MPs, in February 2006.
International Economic Law: Water for Money's Sake- Year: 2004
- Author: Howard Mann
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: World Bank
- Copyright: World Bank
- Number of pages: 34
This paper analyzes the implications of international trade and investment treaties, such as the North American Free Trade Agreement, GATS and bilateral investment treaties, for the domestic ability to regulate water matters in the public interest. This is an expanded version of an
earlier paper by the author, published in 2003.
International Environmental Management, Trade Regimes and Sustainability- Year: 1996
- Author: Konrad von Moltke
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 60
- ISBN: I-895536-44-8
International Environmental Mangement explores the links and tensions that connect international environmental management and internationa trade policy. These two bodies of law each have their own dynamics and history, and as the two increasingly engage in a comples interaction, there are improtant implications in achieving sustainable development worldwide.
This production includes a precis of the Winnipeg Principles on Trade and Sustainable Development.
- International trade management
- Trade regimes and international environmental regimes
- Trade implications of multilateral environmental agreements
- Trade, environment, sustainability: balancing international priorities.
International Experience in Establishing Indicators for the Circular Economy and Considerations for China- Year: 2006
- Author: László Pintér
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: The World Bank
- Number of pages: 27
The rapid growth of China’s material consumption poses profound challenges to sustainable development in the country and the rest of the world. This report was prepared in support of work commissioned by China’s National Development and Reform Commission (NDRC) to establish an indicator system to monitor progress towards the objectives of the circular economy (CE). The indicators would track some of the key material stocks and flows of China and help, among others, national strategic planning efforts led by the NDRC.
International Forum for Rural Transport and Development: Network Evaluation Synthesis- Year: 2004
- Author: Heather Creech, Terri Willard
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IFRTD
- Copyright: IFRTD
The International Forum for Rural Transport and Development (IFRTD) is a global network of individuals and organisations interested in rural transport issues in developing countries. IISD was commissioned to:
- Assess the relevance of IFRTD's mission and mandate;
- Assess how effective IFRTD is functioning as a network;
- Indicate the extent to which IFRTD is having an impact;
- Assess how the different stakeholders in the network are accountable to each other; and
- Assess the sustainability of the network in the long-term.
International Human Rights in Bilateral Investment Treaties and in Investment Treaty Arbitration- Year: 2003
- Author: Luke Eric Peterson
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: Swiss Federal Department of Foreign Affairs
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 46
This paper examines to what extent human rights norms could be
relevant to investment treaty arbitration. Just as earlier cases have seen
investors challenge health or environmental regulations, there is
significant scope for foreign investors to challenge human rights-inspired
laws and measures in the host territory, where these infringe upon an
investors profitability. It is unclear whether the ad-hoc arbitral
tribunals charged with resolving such investment disputes would take into
account non-commercial international legal obligations such as those under
human rights law.
International Investment Agreements and Sustainable Development: Achieving the Millennium Development Goals- Year: 2005
- Author: Aaron Cosbey
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD and IDRC
- Number of pages: 42
This paper starts from the framework of the Millennium Development Goals,
and surveys the literature to see how these can be impacted, positively or
negatively, by international investment agreements.
International Investment Agreements, Business and Human Rights: Key Issues and Opportunities- Year: 2008
- Author: Howard Mann
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 43
The paper was prepared for Prof. John Ruggie, UN Special Representative to the Secretary General for Business and Human Rights. It explores the full range of issues that arise between international investment agreements, business and human rights, focusing on the key duties of states to protect and promote human rights, and the responsibilities of business to respect human rights.
Do investment agreements help or hurt the pursuit of these roles?
The paper also takes a first look at the relationship of Host Government Agreements to international investment treaties in the human rights context. The paper concludes the existing investment treaty regime does nothing to either enhance the relationship between business and human rights, or to ensure investors fulfill their responsibility to respect human rights. Moreover, it can negatively impact the duty of host states to protect and promote human rights. However, the paper notes this need not be the case, and suggests specific approaches to enhancing this relationship, and to embed human rights values into the international investment law regime.
International trade and sustainable tourism in Chile: Preliminary assessment of the sustainability of tourism in Chile in the context of current trade liberalization- Year: 2007
- Author: Hernán Blanco, Alejandra Ruiz-Dana, Andrés Marín, Victoria Alonso, Carmen Paz Silva, Stefano Lucidi
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 72
Since the 1970s Chile adopted an exceptionally successful model of trade liberalization which has given the country the highest growth index in the region. In spite of this challenges abound, including a huge gap in social equality, the need to overcome structural poverty, and the necessity of protecting an increasingly vulnerable environment. This study attempts to understand Chile’s institutional capacity to foment the sustainable growth of tourism and, through a preliminary assessment of the sustainability of the sector, make an effort to point out the linkages between the international trade of this service and the effect such trade has on Chile.
International Trade in Services and Sustainable Development: The Case of Tourism in South Africa - Full Report- Year: 2004
- Author: Cassim, Jackson, Gavera, Robertson, Skordis
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 55
Tourism is an important services sector identified by the government as a major contributor to job creation, economic growth and poverty relief objectives. However, certain constraints to tourism growth have been identified, such as a lack of transparent investment incentives to attract investors; a scarcity of needed infrastructure in regions with the strongest natural resource base for tourism; inadequate tourism education; and inadequate marketing of South Africa as a long-haul tourism and business centre. This research on the tourism sector focuses on the nature of trade liberalization and deregulation within a sustainable development framework.
Internet Governance and Sustainable Development: Towards a Common Agenda- Year: 2007
- Author: Don MacLean, Maja Andjelkovic, Tony Vetter
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 50
- ISBN: 978-1-894784-07-8
Early in 2007, in collaboration with partners and stakeholders, IISD commissioned exploratory papers to be written from the perspective of the Internet governance and sustainable development communities with the aim of discovering where links between these two communities of researchers and practitioners could be fostered. The premise of the project was that these two historically disparate policy communities will each gain if they can discover and leverage the overlap in their respective visions for the future. The papers focused on five areas in which potential links could be anchored: governance processes; economic barriers to development; the capacity of developing countries to participate in international governance; access to knowledge as a critical input to decision-making; and indicators for development. IISD has created the following booklet containing short editorials on each of the pair of papers, which includes observations from an associated e-conference along with our
conclusions regarding common positions, mutual challenges and differences, and where lessons from one community's experience might contribute to progress by the other.
Can a dialogue between these two communities contribute to mitigating degradation of natural and human environments in developed and developing countries; help avoid the economic marginalization of developing countries facing digital exclusion from global markets; and help maintain and promote cultural diversity and traditional knowledge? Internet Governance and Sustainable Development contemplates such questions, and stimulates further dialogue.
Internet Governance and Sustainable Development: Towards a Common Agenda and 10 papers, combined in a single file (PDF - 1.7 mb)Internet Governance Forum: A commentary on the first meeting- Year: 2007
- Author: Maja Andjelkovic
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
The first meeting of the Forum was an "outstanding success" because its structure allowed for openness and ease of participation for all stakeholders, unparalleled by any other UN meeting of this type. The significance of the event lies in the model it offers for future international multistakeholder policy fora.
Internet Governance Forum: A Commentary on the Second Meeting- Year: 2008
- Author: Maja Andjelkovic
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
IISD advisor Maja Andjelkovic comments on the November 2007 Rio meeting of the Internet Governance Forum (IGF). She describes the meeting as "another sound step in building a new model for sharing governance of a global resource," but notes that very few explicit linkages between Internet governance and sustainable development have been made at the IGF.
Internet Governance Forum: A development perspective: A primer for the third meeting, Hyderabad, India, 3–6 December 2008- Year: 2008
- Author: Tony Vetter
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 24
Taking on a development perspective, this primer summarizes the consultations among Internet Governance Forum (IGF) contributors in preparation for the December 2008 meeting in Hyderabad, India. This summary of the consultations is organized under the following themes: IGF Review and the Way Forward; Development Theme in the Agenda-setting Dialogue; Themes and Basic Structure for IGF Hyderabad; Analysis of Workshop Proposals; and Updates on Dynamic Coalitions of Interest to the Development Community.
Internet Governance: Background to the Internet Governance Forum- Year: 2007
- Author: Maja Andjelkovic
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
The multifunctional nature of the Internet, the lack of centralization of any of its functions and the uniquely wide importance of this communications medium, mean that many different actors have a stake in Internet governance, and must be involved in its development and enforcement. This challenge is the driving force behind the Internet Governance Forum.
Internet Governance: In the Footsteps of Global Administrative Law- Year: 2006
- Author: Maja Andjelkovic
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: Maja Andjelkovic
- Number of pages: 92
The World Summit on the Information Society's Working Group on Internet Governance developed this working definition of Internet governance, which was adopted by the WSIS governments in the Tunis Agenda (2005):
…the development and application by governments, the private sector and civil society, in their respective roles, of shared principles, norms, rules, decision-making procedures, and programmes that shape the evolution and use of the Internet.
This definition is helpful in that it enumerates the stakeholders and some of the challenges facing Internet governance; however, it provides no direction as to what a system, or a combination of systems, of Internet governance would require in order to contribute to sustainable development.
One of IISD's strategic objectives is to advance sustainable development by contributing to institutional transformation, particularly through promoting the principles of accountability, participation and legitimacy. This paper, originally submitted as Maja Andjelkovic's LLM thesis to the University of Kent Law School, suggests that accountability and legitimacy should comprise the basic tenets of Internet governance. A framework convention has been proposed as the only traditional international legal instrument with the potential to ensure the integration of these principles in Internet governance; however, despite the flexibility it offers, a framework convention has significant shortcomings that would make employing it in the area of Internet governance difficult. Instead, the paper suggests that solutions for Internet governance should be sought within the emerging theory of Global Administrative Law, which describes a decentralized governance scheme based on common trends and
characteristics in other multi-stakeholder, multi-level, international issue areas and one capable of promoting the rule of law in hybrid governance structures.
Interview with author, and environmental leader and activist Vandana Shiva about her book Soil Not Oil - Thought Leaders Interview Series May 2009- Year: 2009
- Author: Nona (Interviewer) Pelletier, Marlene (Researcher) Roy, Kathleen (Researcher) Sexsmith
- Format: Audio
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
In her recent book,
Soil Not Oil, Vandana Shiva discusses how the world needs to make urgent changes to deal with climate change, the impact of peak oil and increasing food insecurity.
Introduction to the Development Box: Finding Space for Development Concerns in the WTO’s Agriculture Negotiations- Year: 2003
- Author: Steve Suppan, Sophia Murphy
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 34
- ISBN: 1-895536-74-X
This paper, prepared by IISD for the Swiss Agency for Development and Cooperation, was written as World Trade Organization negotiations were in progress. Its content was accurate as of the end of December 2002, but in the few months since, a great deal has happened. We have therefore added a postscript to review where things stand at the end of April 2003, as this paper goes to print. The rapidly-changing environment has changed the status of the “Development Box,” which is a package of proposals from developing countries that describes what they would like to see in the next iteration of global trade rules for agriculture. In many respects, the Development Box has been overtaken by events. It was never likely to be a stand-alone element in the new agreement, as this paper explains. At this point, what may survive from the Development Box will be individual proposals from the package. Nonetheless, the paper is still timely. All of the issues raised by the Development Box discussion are still pertinent, and some of them need urgent attention from the international community, no matter how the multilateral trade community decides to handle them in this round of negotiations. The ideas will deserve and require consideration and debate for some time to come.
Inuit Observations on Climate Change - Final Report- Year: 2001
- Author: Jennifer Castleden, Graham Ashford
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 27
Observations by the Inuvialuit of Sachs Harbour support what has long been predicted, that climate change would be felt first in the Polar Regions. This community’s way of life is at risk, an urgent warning of the negative impacts of climate change predicted to occur elsewhere in the world.
On Banks Island in Canada’s High Arctic, Inuvialuit hunters and trappers have a close relationship with nature. As they travel over the tundra or harvest fish from the sea, they notice even the smallest changes in their environment. Recently, the
changes have been significant and troubling. The climate has become unpredictable; the landscape unfamiliar.
Inuit Observations on Climate Change - Full-Length Version (DVD)- Year: 2000
- Author: IISD
- Format: Video Feature
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Running time: 42
This video documents the impacts of climate change from an Inuvialuit perspective. On Banks Island in Canada's High Arctic, the residents of Sachs Harbour have witnessed dramatic changes to their landscape and their way of life. Exotic insects, fish and birds have arrived; the sea ice is thnner and farther from the community, carrying with it the seals upon which the people depend for food; the permafrost is melting, causing the foundations of the community's buildings to shift and an inland lake to drain into the ocean. In the fall, storms have become frequent and severe, making boating difficult. Thunder and lightning have been seen for the first time.
This DVD has both English and French.
Inuit Observations on Climate Change - Summary Version- Year: 2000
- Author: IISD
- Format: Video Feature
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Running time: 14
This video documents the impacts of climate change from an Inuvialuit perspective. On Banks Island in Canada's High Arctic, the residents of Sachs Harbour have witnessed dramatic changes to their landscape and their way of life. Exotic insects, fish and birds have arrived; the sea ice is thinner and farther from the community, carrying with it the seals upon which the people depend for food; the permafrost is melting, causing the foundations of the community's buildings to shift and an inland lake to drain into the ocean. In the fall, storms have become frequent and sever, making boating difficult. Thunder and lightning have been seen for the first time.
Inventory of ecosytem indicators in Canada's north for the Northern Ecosystem Initiative- Year: 2005
- Author: Peter Hardi, Marlene Roy
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: Environment Canada
- Number of pages: 120
To help make information on the state of ecosystems in Northern Canada more accessible, IISD inventoried and assessed existing ecosystem indicators in the Canadian North for Environment Canada's
Northern Ecosystem Initiative. Twenty-two ecosystem indicator initiatives and over 300 ecosystem indicators were identified, with most falling within and/or across the jurisdictional boundaries of the Yukon, the Northwest Territories and Nunavut. We found that individual projects were information-rich with indicators that met the needs of the initiative, but few used indicator frameworks, and most lacked aggregation mechanisms, integration and the existence of truly broad, systemic indicators.
Investing in Stability: Conflict Risk, Environmental Challenges and the Bottom-Line- Year: 2004
- Author: John Bray, Jason Switzer, Hussels Mareike, Daniel Wagner, Michael Kelly
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD, UNEP FI
- Copyright: IISD, UNEP FI
- Number of pages: 44
This collection of papers aims to stimulate debate on the interactions between finance and conflict, and to explore opportunities to improve financial institutions' management of these interactions. Concerning itself principally with voluntary actions, this initiative seeks to identify mechanisms whereby firms could help to reduce the economic drivers and impacts of violence and terrorism, in areas where profitability and social responsibility align.
Drawing upon a series of articles by leading experts in the field of corporate risk consulting, sustainable finance and political risk assessment and management, this collection identifies several areas where the tools and capacities of banks, insurance companies and asset managers could be strengthened, and where novel financial products could be utilized to reduce conflict vulnerability or strengthen post-conflict reconstruction. Firms that start now to identify the emerging opportunities and risks posed by conflict/business interlinkages will be better positioned to respond if and when these do become material.
With conflict high on the international political agenda, the feasibility of launching a multi-stakeholder platform for more sophisticated and informed dialogue and learning towards these ends should be assessed, and appropriate convenors and participants identified.
For this work, IISD has partnered with the United Nations Environment Programme Finance Initiative. Mareike Hussels (UNEP Finance Initiative) and Jason Switzer (IISD) served as editors.
Investing in Stability: Conflict Risk, Markets and the Bottom-Line- Year: 2003
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: UNEP FI, IISD
- Copyright: UNEP FI, IISD
- Number of pages: 8
Drawing on research and the results of two workshops, this brochure maps out our understanding of the positive and negative linkages between finance and conflict, and explores some of the voluntary actions the financial sector could take to promote peace. The project was funded by the German Environment Ministry (BMU).
Investment and Sustainable Development: A Guide to the Use and Potential of International Investment Agreements- Year: 2004
- Author: Aaron Cosbey, Howard Mann, Luke Eric Peterson, Konrad von Moltke
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 46
- ISBN: 1-895536-88-X
This book looks at the role international investment agreements have, and
might have, in fostering sustainable development. Such an analysis is long overdue; it is becoming ever more widely accepted that the proper goal in attracting investment is
quality, rather than
quantity. In the end if investment does not increase well-being on a sustainable basis, it is not worth having, much less chasing.
Investment Incentives: Growing use, uncertain benefits, uneven controls- Year: 2007
- Author: P. Thomas
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 84
This report analyzes governments' use of investment incentives. These subsidies are designed to induce an investor to choose one location over another, affecting the location of an investment. They can thus be distinguished from production subsidies, which are not contingent on investment, but are instead based on normal production.
Investment incentives have been around for over 100 years. In 19th century America, cities offered money to railroads in order to have the railway pass through them (Sbragia, 1996). But it was only in the late 20th century that governments around the world began offering direct grants, tax breaks, training funds, free infrastructure and other inducements to attract corporate investment. While often thought of as a competition to attract foreign direct investment, competition is equally strong for domestic firms. The most intense competition and the largest subsidies are given to well-known multinational companies who make large investments. At the local level, incentives are often given to real-estate developers and retail projects in order to capture tax revenue that would otherwise go to another jurisdiction.
Investment Treaty News: 2006 Year in Review- Year: 2007
- Author: Luke Eric Peterson
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 26
This publication offers an overview of notable developments in relation to International Investment Agreements in 2006. In addition to summarizing Investment Treaty News' reporting for 2006, the Year in Review also presents the results of a series of interviews with IIA practitioners and arbitration institutions. A key finding of these interviews is that the number of IIA arbitrations initiated in 2006 was at least 36, with the majority of such investor-state lawsuits taking place outside of the well-known International Centre for Settlement of Investment Disputes.
Investment, Doha and the WTO- Year: 2003
- Author: Luke Eric Peterson, Konrad von Moltke, Howard Mann, Aaron Cosbey
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 34
This paper served as background to the IISD-RIIA Chatham House experts’ meeting on investment, and the subsequent briefings in Geneva and Brussels. It looks at the historical experience of investment agreements, and asks if Doha, and the WTO as an institution, can deliver. It then asks what types of international investment agreements are needed to promote sustainable development.
Investment, Environment and Development (IISD Trade and Development Brief, Number 6 of 9, 2003)- Year: 2003
- Author: IISD
- Format: Newsletter
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
This paper is one in a series of nine briefing papers prepared by the International Institute for Sustainable Development for the Swiss Agency for Development and Cooperation (SDC). Each of the papers focuses on an issue of particular importance for sustainable development in the South in the WTO’s current round of negotiations—the so-called Doha Development Agenda. The aim of the series is to set out, in brief and uncomplicated style, what is at stake in those negotiations for those concerned with international development and the environment.
Investor Rights and Wrongs: Suffering from "calligroeconomania"- Year: 2002
- Author: Luke Eric Peterson
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
The worst kept secret about Chapter 11 of the North American Free Trade Agreement is that no one, apart from a handful of entrepreneurial lawyers, had an inkling of its value.
By giving rights and legal protections to investors operating across borders, the conventional wisdom was that Chapter 11 would shield Canadian and U.S. firms from arbitrary treatment at the hands of the Mexican government.
This commentary originally appeared in the Toronto Star on June 6, 2002.
Is Green Great?: Balancing the Demands of Environmental Protection and Human Needs- Year: 2008
- Author: Oli Brown
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
While many in the international community view development as a fundamental pillar to promoting human security, development may come with significant costs—environmental degradation among the most concerning. Do eco-sensitive practices promote environmental protection at the expense of individual well-being in developing countries?
As a participant in the 46th International Affairs Symposium at Lewis and Clark College in Portland, Oregon, Oli Brown sought to answer this question.
The session was a debate format with two speakers taking opposing sides of an issue, giving a 20-minute presentation each and then continuing the discussion in a question-and-answer session. Oli Brown's opponent was Paul Driessen.
Driessen is a senior policy adviser for the Congress of Racial Equality. A climate change skeptic and critic of the theory and practice of sustainable development, he used his presentation to suggest that western environmentalists have become “eco-imperialists” blindly imposing their own environmental standards on the rest of the world. He argued that western-imposed ideas of environmental protection have been bad for development by inter alia: banning DDT and so undermining the fight against malaria; inhibiting the capacity of the developing world to utilize their own cheap sources of energy; blocking the extension of biotechnology and so undermining food security; using the precautionary principle to halt the spread of new technology; and encouraging the spread of organic farming incapable of producing enough food to feed the world.
This IISD Commentary is an adaptation of Brown's response to Driessen's remarks at the symposium, organized by students of the Lewis and Clark College in Portland, Oregon.
Is Let’s Make a Deal Now Dead at the WTO? Approach to trade negotiations might need to be revisited- Year: 2006
- Author: Mark Halle, Howard Mann
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Before the Ministerial Meeting of the WTO in Hong Kong in December 2005, the world was warned by the WTO itself not to expect much of an outcome. And that is just what the world got.
ISO 14000 and Business Strategy: An Annotated Bibliography- Year: 1996
- Author: Tom Conway, Vivian Bertrand
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 61
The vast majority of the pieces in this bibliography present ISO 14000 as a solution to many problems: unintentional trade barriers created by environmental standards; the inefficiency of command and control regulations; and the plethora of permits, inspections, regulations and standards faced by companies trading across international borders. Other authors, if not enthusiastic, suggest that the standard will be necessary for doing business, especially business in Europe. A few authors critique ISO 14000 or doubt its ability to do what others believe it will do. Regardless, many companies are prepared to certify if necessary. Many authors such as Donaldson, Sissell and Watson describe the actions of companies and accreditation boards that are preparing for the standard even though there is still uncertainty regarding the potential impact of the standard.
ISO 14000 Standards and China: A Trade and Sustainable Development Perspective- Year: 1996
- Author: Tom Conway
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 69
This paper has been prepared for an “International Conference on ISO 14000 and
Sustainable Development” being held November 5-7, 1996 in Beijing, China. The
objective of this paper is to consider strategic issues posed by the entire family of
International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 14000 standards viewed from a trade and sustainable development perspective.
The paper is comprised of five substantive sections that mirror areas where strategic issues for China can arise. Section 2, the first substantive section, provides background and analysis on the family of ISO 14000 standards and the process used to develop these standards. This section should be of interest to readers who have not yet had the opportunity to become informed about the ISO process. Other readers may wish to move to Section 3. The analysis of Section 2 leads to the conclusion that China has an opportunity to actively participate in the ongoing ISO 14000 process since many important issues relevant to Chinese trade interests remain to be resolved. In particular, product oriented standards for environmental labeling, life-cycle assessment, and environmental characteristics of product policies are still being developed.
ISO Social Responsibility Standardization- Year: 2004
- Author: IISD
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 11
This document was prepared to provide input to both the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) Social Responsibility Conference (June 21–22, 2004) and to the ISO Technical Management Board’s meeting (June 24, 2004). It is presented in three parts: i) an introduction to IISD’s perspective on SR and standardization; ii) issues related to ISO’s role in sustainable development standardization; and iii) recommendations related to the next steps in the ISO SR standardization process.
Knowledge Networks: Guidelines for Assessment- Year: 2004
- Author: Heather Creech, Aly Ramji
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 21
This working paper explores five major elements of network performance and related indicators of success: effectiveness; structure and governance; efficiency; resources and sustainability; and life-cycle analysis. The paper includes a sample process for undertaking an assessment of a knowledge network.
Kyoto is here. What now?- Year: 2005
- Author: David Runnalls
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
IISD's President and CEO David Runnalls shares his thoughts about what Canada needs to do—and how Canada might benefit—now that the Kyoto Protocol is in force. This article originally appeared in the Winnipeg Free Press on February 17, 2005.
The Kyoto Protocol and the WTO- Year: 1999
- Author: Aaron Cosbey
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 7
This note is based on presentations and discussion at a seminar on The Kyoto Protocol and the WTO, jointly organized by the Royal Institute of International Affairs (RIIA) and the International Institute for Sustainable Development (IISD) during the third WTO Ministerial Conference in Seattle.
The meeting aimed to explore the potential conflicts between climate change mitigation under the Kyoto Protocol and the system of trade rules under the WTO, and how best to avoid them. This note summarizes the main strands of the presentations and discussion at the meeting. The topics discussed here are explored in depth in RIIA’s recently released book on trade and climate change.
Labelling for Environmental Purposes: A review of the state of the debate in the World Trade Organization - Full Report- Year: 2003
- Author: Tom Rotherham
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 34
Environmental labelling has long been the subject of discussions in the World Trade Organization (WTO). On November 14, 2001, WTO Members adopted the Doha Declaration and initiated a new round of global trade talks. Paragraph 32 of the Doha Declaration mandates the Committee on Trade and Environment (CTE) to give particular attention to labelling requirements for environmental purposes. This paper reviews the state of the debate in the WTO on eco-labelling. It reviews the history of the debate, outlines the political challengesand substantive obstacles to resolving it and looks ahead to what can be expected at the Cancun Ministerial in September 2003, where the CTE may make a recommendation on whether to engage in formal negotiations on eco-labelling.
Land and Water Resource Management in Asia: Challenges for climate adaptation- Year: 2009
- Author: Tyler, Fajber
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 28
The paper, prepared as background to a workshop held in Hanoi, Vietnam, in January 2009, links the issues of poverty reduction, land and water resource management, and climate adaptation in practice. Within Southeast Asia and the Himalayas, as elsewhere, land and water resource management issues are most pronounced in areas of marginal production systems, and directly connected to poverty reduction efforts. Climate change is likely to exacerbate existing challenges within these sectors in unexpected ways. The paper also reviews some of the many innovative efforts underway in the region to support land and water management and poverty reduction at multiple levels (local, national and regional). It highlights how climate change adaptation measures can complement and reinforce these innovations in land and resource management to reduce rural poverty in Asia. It concludes with the sharing of ideas regarding ways to strengthen the capacity of land and water managers to ensure their continued contribution to the sustainable development of their countries in a changing climate.
Learning from the Future: Alternative Scenarios for the North American Mining and Minerals Industry- Year: 2002
- Author: MMSD
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 28
- ISBN: 1-895536-50-2
Learning from the Future, a report from the Scenarios Work Group of Mining, Minerals and Sustainable Development North America, looks at four possible futures for the mining/minerals industry. The thought-provoking scenarios highlight the potential promise and the potential despair in the industry's future and explore what the years ahead could hold for sustainable development. The report represents the cumulative input of a broad range of interests.
The Legality of PPMs under the GATT: Challenges and Opportunities for Sustainable Trade Policy- Year: 2008
- Author: Potts
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 42
- ISBN: 978-1-895536-93-5
Since the Tuna-Dolphin cases in the mid-’90s, the treatment of process and production methods (PPMs) under the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT), and subsequently the World Trade Organization (WTO), has been a pivotal point of debate and controversy for environmentalists, policy-makers and industry alike. And while governments and other stakeholders have since openly recognized the importance of policy which takes into account the nature of the processing and production methods, a general myth on the illegality of PPM-based policies within the WTO has persisted. Following an examination of the alleged grounds for this conclusion, as well as recent decisions by the WTO Appellate Body, the paper concludes not only that there is no basis for the assumption that PPM-based policy is a priori illegal under the WTO, but also that the legality of any given measure is favoured by taking guidance from basic principles of sustainable development such as economic efficiency, science-based decision-making and international cooperation. Building from this observation, the paper concludes by outlining a series of targeted strategies for the design of WTO-compliant PPM policy.
Lessons Learned on Trade and Sustainable Development- Year: 2004
- Author: Aaron Cosbey
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD. ICTSD
- Number of pages: 52
- ISBN: 1-895536-90-1
This book distills the lessons from six years of research undertaken by and for the
Trade Knowledge Network (1998 - 2004). It draws on in-country research, thematic research and workshop papers to identify the key issues, and explores in depth what the TKN research has to say about them. The result is an excellent primer on the issues faced by the South in the area of trade and sustainable development. The book includes a companion CD covering all of the surveyed TKN research (more than 40 papers in all, including several in Spanish).
Let Them Eat Paradigms: Public Attitudes and the Long, Slow Decline of Development Cooperation- Year: 1997
- Author: Ian Smillie
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright:
- Number of pages: 8
This paper is a draft of notes for a presentation at a panel discussion on ‘What Future for Development Cooperation?’ at the 22nd SID World Conference, Santiago de Compostela, Spain, May 21, 1997. It was also presented in May 1997, at the two-day IISD/IDRC/NSI research conference to identify strategies and actions to follow up the recommendations of the Strong task force on priorities for Canadian internationalism.
Leveraging the Market for a Sustainable Coffee Economy: Opportunities for Renegotiation of the International Coffee Agreement- Year: 2006
- Author: Jason Potts
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 4
International Cooperation has long been recognized as a fundamental instrument for building sustainable commodities markets. While such cooperation has typically been defined by price stabilization and corresponding supply management strategies, a new generation of supply chain sustainability initiatives has opened the door for catalyzing sustainable production and trade along commodity supply chains. The renegotiation of the International Coffee Agreement presents an unprecedented opportunity for leveraging the potential of supply chain approaches through international cooperation. The working paper
Building a Global Strategy for a Sustainable Coffee Sector: Considerations on the Renegotiation of the International Coffee Agreement (849 kb) 
," prepared by IISD for the Steering Committee of the Sustainable Coffee Partnership, presents a series of opportunities for leveraging market-based approaches to building a sustainable coffee
economy.
To see an example of how IISD's "options" have been taken forward by stakeholders
click here.
Liberalization of Trade in Environmental Goods for Climate Change Mitigation: The Sustainable Development Context- Year: 2008
- Author: ICTSD
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: ICTSD
- Number of pages: 15
This paper explores the potential and challenges that would face trade-policy-makers in trying to contribute to climate change objectives by liberalizing trade in low-carbon goods. It draws heavily on the existing talks under the Doha Development Agenda for liberalizing trade in environmental goods and services. It was prepared for the seminar on
Trade and Climate Change, June 18-20, 2008, in Copenhagen, co-hosted by the Government of Denmark, the German Marshall Fund of the United States and IISD. Mahesh Sugathan is lead author of this paper, produced under ICTSD's Global Platform on Linkages between Trade Policies, Climate Change and Sustainable Energy. Moustapha Kamal Gueye and Malena Sell made substantive contributions to this paper. Content and editorial review was provided by several other ICTSD colleagues.
Lima Workshop on Mining and Sustainable Development in the Americas- Year: 1998
- Author: Dr. Nola-Kate Seymoar, Carmen Roca, Dr. Real Lavergne
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 26
Minutes from workshop - Vision Towards 2008 - Mining and Sustainable Development which took place in Lima, Peru - July 29 - 29, 1998.
Livelihoods and Climate Change: Combining disaster risk reduction, natural resource management and climate change adaptation in a new approach to the reduction of vulnerability and poverty- Year: 2003
- Author: SEI, IUCN, IISD, Intercooperation
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD, IUCN, SEI, Intercooperation
- Number of pages: 24
- ISBN: 1-895536-72-3
This report was produced by the Task Force on Climate Change, Vulnerable Communities and Adaptation. In 2001, IUCN – The World Conservation Union, the International Institute for Sustainable Development (IISD) and the Stockholm Environment Institute (SEI) joined forces to launch an international research and policy initiative on Climate Change, Vulnerable Communities and Adaptation. Guided by a multi-disciplinary Task Force, this initiative represents a confluence of four distinct, yet decidedly relevant, communities working on vulnerability reduction in the face of climate change. These experts—from the fields of disaster risk reduction, climate change, conservation and poverty reduction—first met following the release of the IPCC Working Group II’s latest assessment of climate change impacts, adaptation and vulnerability and the conclusion of the Marrakech Accords to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC). In view of the expanding body of knowledge on climate change impacts and new funding opportunities for climate change adaptation, the Task Force set in motion a collaborative effort to inform and influence how the world undertakes and invests in climate change adaptation.
Locating the Energy for Change: An Introduction to Appreciative Inquiry- Year: 1999
- Author: Charles Elliott
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: Charles Elliott
- Number of pages: 288
- ISBN: 1-895536-15-4
Appreciative inquiry is an approach to organizational change based on strengths rather than weaknesses, on a vision of what is possible rather than an analysis of what is not.
In
Locating the Energy for Change, Dr. Charles Elliott describes the theoretical basis of appreciative inquiry, shows practitioners how to use it, and provides case studies of its applications in the developing world.
The Maastricht Treaty and the Winnipeg Principles on Trade and Sustainable Development- Year: 1995
- Author: Konrad von Moltke
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 60
- ISBN: 1-895536-36-7
The European Union (EU) represents a remarkable process of international political integration and a highly developed customs union. It reflects the dual goals of political integration and internal trade liberation. Over the past 20 years, it has struggled to balance these goals with the needs of environmental management. This paper seeks to understand these processed by analyzing the European Union as transformed by the Maastricht Treaty in light of the Winnipeg Principles on Trade and Sustainable Development.
Making Budgets Green- Year: 1994
- Author: IISD
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 52
- ISBN: 1-895536-32-4
Making Budgets Green gives ideas for turning government budgets into more effective mechanisms of sustainable development.
This report is a collection of 23 cases of reform in Canada, the United States and Western Europe.
Each case is laid out to provide readers with summary information at a glance as follows:
- The policy in brief;
- Overview;
- Policy history timeline;
- Wider policy context;
- Results; and
- Lessons learned and further reading.
Making budget green is a concise guide and also a companion to IISD's longer study,
Green budget Reform: An International Casebook of Leading Practices, published by Earthscan
Making Global Integrated Environmental Assessment and Reporting Matter- Year: 2002
- Author: László Pintér
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: László Pintér
- Number of pages: 202
How does the design of global integrated environmental assessments influence their effectiveness, and what are the lessons from this for the design of assessment and reporting programs in the future? Building on earlier research carried out under the Global Environmental Assessment project at Harvard University, the PhD thesis of Measurement and Assessment Progam Director László Pintér developed an extended framework for analyzing assessment and reporting system effectiveness and applied it to UNEP's Global Environment Outlook as a case study. The findings point to the importance of several design elements in assessment and reporting, including issue framing, governance, participation, capacity, communication, data and indicators, and feedback to research agenda setting.
Making Trade-led Economic Growth Sustainable: IISD project aims to advise decision-makers in Thailand and Laos- Year: 2006
- Author: Sabrina Shaw
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
IISD's recently launched Rapid Trade and Environment Assessment (RTEA) project in Thailand and Laos has a solid contribution to make to development in the Greater Mekong Sub-region. With generally high rates of growth in the Sub-region and the proliferation of bilateral and regional free trade agreements (FTAs), this project—to refine a tool to inform decision-makers—comes at an important juncture in the development of the sub-region. In developing and assessing trade liberalization scenarios, the RTEA can highlight the potential environmental consequences of trade and investment commitments. What will the host of trade agreements these countries are entering into mean for the environment and sustainable development?
Making WTO Membership Work for Least-Developed Countries: Lessons from Nepal and Cambodia- Year: 2008
- Author: Heike Baumüller, Ratnakar Adhikari, Navin Dahal
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 17
This policy brief reviews Nepal's and Cambodia’s experience during the accession process, examines the countries’ accession commitments and provides a preliminary assessment of how the countries have fared since WTO membership. Several lessons have emerged from the analysis, which can help other acceding LDCs replicate the successful strategies and avoid some of the mistakes in an effort to gain maximum benefit from their WTO membership.
Key findings:
-
The accession process for WTO membership was strenuous and time-consuming. Despite a stated commitment by WTO members to simplify and streamline the negotiating process for LDCs, Nepal and Cambodia had to complete the same complex steps as non-LDCs.
-
Despite an assurance by the WTO membership to exercise restraint in seeking concessions and commitments on trade in goods and services from acceding LDCs, Nepal and Cambodia’s commitments are more stringent than incumbent LDC members and even some developing country members.
-
The (albeit limited) technical assistance Nepal and Cambodia received during their accession process proved vital to prepare the complex documentation and build the capacities of the private sector and government officials on WTO issues. In contrast, the technical assistance that the countries received after WTO membership has been inadequate.
-
Both countries are seriously struggling with effective and timely implementation of their accession obligations. In the absence of an international monitoring mechanism and enforcement of compliance deadlines (combined with inadequate technical assistance), momentum for implementing commitments has virtually been lost.
-
Compared with the commitments made by Cambodia, Nepal was able to negotiate more favourable terms of accession. This was possible due to stakeholder participation on and the technical assistance Nepal received during the accession process. Nevertheless, even in Nepal, the majority of stakeholders felt they were left out of the accession process. Moreover, interaction between the government and the stakeholders has not continued since WTO accession.
Key recommendations:
-
There is an urgent need to translate members’ commitment to simplify the accession process for LDCs into action. In particular, the WTO should incorporate a specific provision that acceding LDCs will not be required to enter into bilateral negotiations on market access.
-
Acceding LDCs should not be asked to undertake higher levels of commitments than those made by the founding LDCs of the WTO. Also, acceding LDCs should only be required to implement specific commitments in services, once the necessary domestic regulations are in place.
-
More emphasis needs to be placed on providing technical assistance to implement LDCs’ accession commitments. In order to make technical assistance binding, implementation of these commitments should be made conditional on the receipt of timely and effective assistance.
-
Progress in implementing accession commitments should be reviewed regularly by the WTO, including the availability and effectiveness of requested technical assistance, and new deadlines should be set when old ones have been missed.
-
There is also a need for enhanced technical assistance to enable LDC Members to harness the potential benefits of WTO membership as a tool for promoting human development, including by addressing supply-side constraints and export diversification.
-
To enhance the ownership of the WTO accession and implementation processes, acceding countries should be supported to put in place a formal, institutionalized mechanism for involving all stakeholders in the process.
Manitoba and Climate Change: A Primer- Year: 2001
- Author: IISD and The Manitoba Clean Environment Commission
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: The Manitoba Clean Environment Commission and IISD
- Number of pages: 28
- ISBN: 1-895536-31-6
Climate change is the most significant global environment threat facing Manitobans. Understanding its impacts and developing a thoughtful response to this very real challenge is critical if we want to ensure an acceptable quality of life for future generations of Manitobans. Climate change represents the concrete manifestation of sustainable development in many ways--an effective response calls for policy and action across the full range of human economic development activities.
By the end of this century, Manitoba will be 4-6 degrees C warmer, on average, than it is today. Manitoba is sensitive and vulnerable to climate change because of the important role that renewable resources like forests and agriculture play in our economy. Change of this magnitude would impact our economy, ecology and health and well-being.
Mapping the Future of the Internet onto Global Scenarios: A preliminary view- Year: 2008
- Author: Heather Creech, Maja Andjelkovic, Tony Vetter, Don MacLean, Dale S. Rothman, Philip J. Vergragt
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
IISD has observed that consideration of the impact of the Internet and its associated technologies has been either absent or quite narrow in most sustainability scenarios. These scenarios have ranged from assuming the role of the Internet is neutral to viewing the technologies as a driver of globalization, albeit with a predominantly narrow focus on economic implications. Consequently, many scenario-building initiatives have failed to adequately consider how the Internet and related information and communications technologies (ICTs) are actually transforming institutions and governance, and impacting social development and environmental management. These scenarios fail to bring to the forefront of global governance challenges how the Internet/ICTs have an impact on issues such as privacy, security and trust of institutions. Policy decisions taken regarding Internet development, deployment, access and use can have significant positive and negative consequences in this broader
context.
This paper begins to address the issue by offering a preliminary view of how the future of the Internet could be considered within global scenarios.
The Marine Seafood Export Supply Chain in India: Current State and Influence of Import Requirements - Full Report- Year: 2005
- Author: Parashar Kulkarni
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 33
The study looks at the seafood export sector in India, analyzing it from small-scale producers up through the value chain to final exporters. It analyzes how some parts of the chain face difficulties in complying with standards set by major export markets, and identifies the sustainability implications. It finishes with a number of recommendations for action to increase the welfare of the poorest in the chain, improve compliance with standards and foster environmental sustainability.
Mark Halle sees investment as critical to addressing sustainable development.- Year: 2009
- Author: Mark Halle, Nona (Interviewer) Pelletier, Jason E.J. (Technical Producer) Manaigre
- Format: Video Interview
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Mark Halle, Director of IISD’s Trade & Investment program, says massive international investment is critical to addressing issues related to climate change and sustainable development. He says there needs to be a shift in focus from investment in old energy systems, to the new renewable and clean energy systems that are required.
Mark Halle talks about the intersection between international trade and climate change- Year: 2009
- Author: Mark Halle, Nona (Interviewer) Pelletier, Jason E.J. (Technical Producer) Manaigre
- Format: Video Interview
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Mark Halle, Director of IISD’s Trade & Investment program, talks about the intersection between international trade and climate change.
IISD has explored the linkages between trade and climate change for over a decade. The linkages include:
- Liberalization of trade in low-carbon goods
- Border carbon adjustment mechanisms
- Intellectual property rights and technology transfer
- Investment in clean energy technologies
- Fossil fuel subsidy reduction
- Trade law flexibilities for subsidies to address climate change.
Mark Halle talks about the need for greater government accountability on environmental issues.- Year: 2009
- Author: Mark Halle, Nona (Interviewer) Pelletier, Jason E.J. (Technical Producer) Manaigre
- Format: Video Interview
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Mark Halle, Director of IISD’s Trade & Investment program, talks about the need for greater government accountability on environmental issues.
He says there is a need for effective mechanisms to ensure governments fulfill promises and undertakings for sustainable development.
Market Access Barriers to Select Nepalese Agricultural Exports - Full Report- Year: 2005
- Author: Ratnakar Adhikari, Kamalesh Adhikari
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 28
The study looks into the key barriers faced by Nepalese agricultural exporters despite accession to the WTO, and suggests ways in which exports could be enhanced while attempting to minimize such barriers. The study recommends that the policy-makers as well as trade negotiators of Nepal need to differentiate between regional negotiations, in which they should focus on increased market access, and multilateral negotiations, where deep commitments would mean preference erosion for Nepal.
Market Access Issues: EU - Bangladesh Trade Regime
A Case Study on Market Access: Myths and Realities - Full Report- Year: 2005
- Author: Enamul Haque, Azreen Karim, Wahid Abdallah
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
The research focuses on the major export sectors: ready-made garments, knit ware, jute products, fish, hides and skins, and tea. The aim is to understand the market access issue by using micro- or firm-level information in order to determine the practical barriers to trade for producers in Bangladesh. The study ranks the market access issues for SME exporters from Bangladesh to suggest policy changes in future rounds of negotiation to provide better prospects for expanding trade from Bangladesh to the North.
Market for Ecosystem Services- Year: 2005
- Author: Pushpam Kumar
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 32
Ecosystems and biodiversity provide a wide range of services critical for sustaining, strengthening and enriching human well-being. Understanding how valuable these services are is critical as it can serve to inform the choices in how ecosystems are managed. This paper explores the valuation of ecosystem services, the current status of the market for these services and presents key findings and lessons learned.
Market Mechanisms for Sustainable Development in a Post-2012 Climate Regime: Implications for the Development Dividend- Year: 2008
- Author: Deborah Murphy, Aaron Cosbey, John Drexhage
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: UNEP Risø Centre
- Copyright:
- Number of pages: 13
There is broad consensus in the international talks on a post-2012 climate change regime on the need for some perpetuation of the CDM—a market mechanism for sustainable development (MMSD). Regime options under discussion will impact on the “development dividend” of a post-2012 MMSD, affecting quality (sustainable development), quantity (volume of CERs) and regional distribution. This paper examines four regime options—increasing the scope of the CDM to include additional sectors, differentiation of developing country eligibility, expanding the CDM, and a fund-based mechanism—and their potential impacts on the three elements of the development dividend.
This paper appears in A Reformed CDM – Including New Mechanisms for Sustainable Development, published by UNEP Risø Centre as part of their Capacity Development for CDM (CD4CDM) Project.
The full publication is available for download.
Market Mechanisms for Sustainable Development: How Do They Fit in the Various Post-2012 Climate Efforts?- Year: 2007
- Author: Aaron Cosbey, Deborah Murphy, John Drexhage
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
This new report, developed under IISD's Development Dividend Project, takes a first step at understanding the implications of the various possible climate regimes on the shape and iteration of a market mechanism for sustainable development (MMSD). The paper begins with an analysis that considers the range of options being proposed for the post-2012 regime and then asks what potential role an MMSD might play in these regimes, and what the various sorts of MMSDs might imply for the nature of the overall regime. The second part of the paper examines characteristics of regime structures—targets, differentiation, transition and governance—as they relate to an MMSD and development dividend considerations.
Market-based price risk management: An exploration of commodity income stabilization options for coffee farmers- Year: 2007
- Author: Lamon Rutten, Frida Youssef
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 47
Producers and many others in much of the developing world are exposed to highly volatile commodity revenues. A range of methods have been tried to either reduce this exposure (for example, through compensatory schemes and production/export controls) or to better manage it (e.g., through stabilization funds or market-based risk management mechanisms). This paper, one of a series on this subject commissioned by the International Institute for Sustainable Development (IISD), focuses on market-based instruments. Rather than providing a broad, theoretical description (which is amply available from other sources, including international organizations such as FAO, UNCTAD and World Bank) it takes the case of one commodity—coffee—and looks at how market-based risk management can be used to improve coffee growers’ lives.
Markets for Ecosystem Services: A Potential Tool for Multilateral Environmental Agreements- Year: 2007
- Author: Anantha K. Duraiappah
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 25
Markets for ecosystem services (MES) and market-based instruments, though mainly intended to protect the environment, can also help alleviate poverty rather than exacerbate it when designed to be pro-poor. Links between the objectives of various multilateral environmental agreements (MEAs) and the Millennium Development Goals, for example, indicate considerable scope for the development of pro-poor markets for ecosystem services by MEA regimes. Indeed, when one considers the interdependency of ecosystem services which fall under the mandate of different MEAs, then opportunities for pro-poor MES increase substantially when MEA resources are combined. Furthermore, MEAs can provide critical institutional frameworks to guide national-level government implementation efforts.This paper lays out the argument for using MEAs to develop pro-poor markets for ecosystem services and shows how participation by the the public sector is critical for their success. Together, MEAs and governments
can provide the institutional structure for these markets to work efficiently as well as equitably.
MEAs, Conservation and Conflict: A case study of Virunga National Park, DRC- Year: 2008
- Author: Alec Crawford, Johannah Bernstein
- Format: Paper
- Publisher:
- Copyright:
Virunga National Park (Parc National des Virunga, PNVi), in the eastern part of the Democratic Republic of Congo, is Africa’s oldest and most diverse park. Stretching along the Congolese border with Uganda and Rwanda, PNVi has more bird, mammal and reptile species than any other on the continent. But for the past two decades, the park and the surrounding area in North Kivu province have experienced near-constant violent conflict. For the local population, the result has been widespread suffering: death, rape, displacement, sickness and starvation.
Beyond the humanitarian crisis, conflict has threatened the species, habitats and communities that depend on PNVi for their survival. The park is in crisis: its governance systems have collapsed; its boundaries are encroached upon by the surrounding local and refugee populations; its habitats are being destroyed by overfishing and charcoal production; and its animals are killed for meat and ivory.
Conflict has significantly contributed to the fact that the United Nation’s environmental conventions are not able to achieve their stated objectives in the park. Multilateral environmental agreements (MEAs), designed to protect such globally-significant ecosystems, have thus far been unable to address the threats to the park. Despite the proliferation of relevant environmental conventions and the DRC’s participation in them, environmental destruction continues in PNVi.
Using PNVi and the Great Lakes conflicts as a case study, this paper analyzes where entry points exist for policy-makers and conservationists to use five existing international environmental agreements to better protect biodiversity and ecosystems in times of conflict: UNESCO WHC, CBD, CMS, CITES and Ramsar. While not an exhaustive study, the paper identifies some of the shortcomings of existing agreements, where entry points might exist and what other international policy instruments and fora could be used to help protect important ecosystems like PNVi.
The UN MEAs are not designed or expected to offer practical solutions to conservation crises on the ground; it is up to the national governments of the signatory states, and their conservation authority, to enforce and achieve Convention goals. Their sovereignty must be respected by the other parties. However the MEAs, their COPs and their Secretariats can help them do so by building capacity, improving information gathering (i.e., the IPCC model) and supporting underfunded budgets. This analysis reveals a number of specific opportunities for elevating environment-conflict issues to international policy levels to help save important ecosystems in times of conflict.
Measuring Knowledge, Attitudes and Behaviours towards Sustainable Development: Two Exploratory Studies- Year: 2009
- Author: Alex C. Michalos, Heather Creech, Christina McDonald, P. Maurine Hatch Kahlke
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 47
The United Nations Decade for Education for Sustainable Development seeks to encourage changes in behaviour towards sustainable development. Work is underway around the world to integrate SD concepts and values into the learning process. But how do we measure whether behaviours are changing as a result? This paper is a first attempt to devise standardized tests for knowledge, attitudes and behaviours toward sustainable development, in adults and students.
Measuring Policy Coherence among the MEAs and MDGs- Year: 2007
- Author: Anantha K. Duraiappah, Asmita Bhardwaj
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 53
At present there are about 13 global Multilateral Environmental Agreements (MEAs) and/or conventions and about 500 international treaties or other agreements related to the environment. This proliferation of agreements has created concern among international and national communities regarding overlap and duplication of goals and programs. Lack of coherence results in high transaction costs and inefficiencies in achieving convention objectives and the need for coherence is obvious. While several MEA initiatives have yielded a more integrated approach towards environmental management, little is currently being done to find coherence between environmental agreements and development initiatives, especially the recently designed Millennium Development Goals (MDGs).
This publication sets out to demonstrate how human well-being is dependant upon ecosystems and ecosystem services and to identify barriers and drivers that prevent the poor from using these ecosystem services to improve their well-being, in essence perpetuating poverty. It identifies policy response options to remove the barriers, re-design or even introduce new intervention strategies to allow the poor to improve their well-being through an ecosystem approach.
Measuring Progress, Strengthening Governance and Promoting Positive Change: Developing sustainability indicators with Winnipeg’s urban First Nations community- Year: 2009
- Author: Rust
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 16
Winnipeg's First Nations population is growing rapidly and faces a number of critical challenges. The dynamics of these challenges are poorly understood and, as a result, most policy responses are ineffective. Most scholars and policy specialists agree that the well-being of First Nations peoples will improve if they are empowered and given real opportunities to reclaim control over their lives and socio-cultural assets (Salée 2006). Real positive change is needed, and sustainability indicators are central to achieving positive change and improving the resiliency of the community. “Indicators are needed for sustainability because you cannot manage what you do not measure” (Hoerner 2008, 1).
Typically, indicators of sustainability integrate environmental, social and economic factors so that the complex cause-and-effect relationships among them can be more readily understood. In the context of this initiative and with consideration of cultural relevance, sustainability indicators are defined according to the four dimensions of well-being (social, environmental, economic and cultural) as described by the teachings of the Aboriginal Medicine Wheel. The Medicine Wheel is an unbroken circle that represents an integrated and holistic way of seeing, knowing and learning.
Since June 2007, the International Institute for Sustainable Development has been engaged in an initiative with the Assembly of Manitoba Chiefs to develop indicators of well-being with Winnipeg's First Nations community and chart a positive course for the future. Community-level measures have been sought to illuminate the current state of the urban community, what course it is on, and how far it is from a shared vision for the future. The development of sustainability indicators is seen as a critical piece of social infrastructure that will help Winnipeg's First Nations community enhance their overall well-being.
Measuring while you manage: Planning, monitoring and evaluating knowledge networks- Year: 2001
- Author: Heather Creech
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 30
This paper details the strengths and weaknesses of common measurement and evaluation frameworks (SWOT analysis, Results Based Management, Logical Framework Analysis, Outcome Mapping, Appreciative Inquiry and human resource performance assessment) and proposes a simple network evaluation model which incorporates the best of each. This new framework focuses on the key questions of network effectiveness and efficiency.
Methanex Corporation vs. The United States of America- Year: 2000
- Author: IISD
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 3
A backgrounder on the controversial case under NAFTA's Chapter 11, and on IISD's involvment.
Miami FTAA Results a Complete Wash- Year: 2003
- Author: Aaron Cosbey
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
In November 2003, 34 Trade Ministers from the western hemisphere gathered in Miami, Florida, to discuss the proposed Free Trade Area of the Americas. The talks were seen a diasppointment. "What happened in Miami was not agreement on how to move forward," writes Aaron Cosbey in this IISD Commentary, "but rather agreement to scuttle ambitions for a deal of any value."
Microfinance and Climate Change Adaptation- Year: 2008
- Author: Anne Hammill, Richard Matthew, Elissa McCarter
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: Institute of Development Studies
- Copyright: Institute of Development Studies
- Number of pages: 10
Climate change is understood as a threat to which the poor are acutely vulnerable. Microfinance services (MFS) are recognized as tools for helping to reduce the vulnerability of the poor. In this report, we explore the possibility of linking MFS to climate change adaptation. MFS can provide poor people with the means to diversify, accumulate and manage the assets needed to become less susceptible to shocks and stresses and/or better able to deal with their impacts. Yet these links may not hold for everybody. MFS typically do not reach the chronically poor, may encourage short-term coping instead (or at the expense) of longer-term vulnerability reduction, or even increase vulnerability. These limitations and risks aside, MFS can still play an important role in vulnerability reduction and climate change adaptation among some of the poor, provided services better match client needs and livelihoods.
Migration and Climate Change- Year: 2008
- Author: Oli Brown
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IOM
- Copyright: IOM
- Number of pages: 64
This short book analyzes the prospect of large-scale forced migration as a result of climate change and attempts to estimate the developmental impact of potentially millions of people displaced by coastal flooding, extreme weather events and agricultural disruption.
In 1990, the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) noted that the greatest single impact of climate change could be on human migration, with millions of people displaced by shoreline erosion, coastal flooding and agricultural disruption. Since then, various analysts have tried to put numbers on these flows of climate migrants—the most widely repeated prediction being 200 million by 2050. The study points out the scientific basis for climate change is increasingly well established, and confirms current predictions as to the `carrying capacity' in large parts of the world will be compromised by climate change. But although it is defined as a growing crisis, the consequences of climate change for human population are unclear and unpredictable.
This report focuses on the possible future scenarios for forced migration as a result of climate change—looking to increase awareness and find answers to the challenges that lie ahead.
It was written for the International Organisation for Migration's Migration Research Series (no.31) and developed from a thematic paper originally written for the 2007/2008 Human Development Report of the UNDP, "
Fighting Climate Change: Human Solidarity in a Divided World."
A link to the IOM publications page can be found
here.
Minerals and Conflict: A Toolkit for Programming- Year: 2004
- Author: Moira Feil, Jason Switzer
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: USAID
- Copyright: USAID
- Number of pages: 24
This toolkit for development agency practitioners on the management of mineral wealth and its links to conflict is part of a series commissioned by USAID from leading environment and security practitioners, exploring how development assistance can address key natural resource-related risk factors. Other papers in this series focus on land use conflicts, on water and on timber. The minerals toolkit paper: 1) examines the relationship between valuable minerals, such as diamonds or coltan, and violence; 2) discusses lessons learned in aid programs to deal with ‘conflict commodities’; 3) presents a range of program options; 4) provides a survey instrument that identifies key questions related to minerals and conflict; and 5) identifies relevant USAID mechanisms and implementing partners.
A Minority Government and Climate Change: What does Canada’s new political landscape mean for northern residents now experiencing the impacts of climate change?- Year: 2004
- Author: Mary May Simon
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Canada’s first minority government in 25 years will have to ensure it acts on environmental and sustainable development issues if it is to maintain support from the New Democratic Party and the Bloc Quebecois. According to IISD Board Member Mary Simon, climate change should be at the top of the Liberal government’s environmental priority list. As someone with close connections to Canada’s north she is well aware of climate change’s “profound implications for the social, cultural and economic well-being of the 50,000 aboriginal people who live in the Canadian Arctic”.
Mobilizing IUCN's Knowledge to secure a sustainable future: The IUCN Knowledge Management Study- Year: 2004
- Author: Heather Creech
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IUCN
- Copyright: IUCN
- Number of pages: 82
An
Executive Summary of this paper is also available.
A knowledge management study carried out for IUCN. For more than five decades IUCN has used its knowledge to lead and guide conservation thinking around the world. Through its knowledge networks comprised of Commissions and Members, supported by the Secretariat, IUCN has built a remarkable reputation based on its ability to generate, mobilise and provide sound scientific and technical knowledge and advice towards the changes it wants to see in the world. This report suggests a series of strategic moves for IUCN to upgrade to the next generation of strategies and processes for mobilizing its knowledge, its relationships and its communications.
The Study includes a review of the evolution of knowledge management and current trends as well as tables of definitions and typologies of networks and communications practices.
Models and Methods of Measuring Sustainable Development Performance- Year: 1995
- Author: Peter Hardi, László Pintér
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 36
Reflecting early thinking on indicator and information systems in IISD's Measurement and Assessment Program, the paper was prepared to assist the Government of Manitoba, Canada in the establishment of a provincial scale sustainable development reporting system. Going beyond conceptual frameworks and examples of indicator sets, it also approcahes indicator selection from the process as well as institutional point of view. The report provides a review of the following, based on the state of knowledge and practice in the first half of the 1990s:
-
a summary of outstanding community based and provincial / state level projects using or developing indicators that cover most sustainable development issue areas, as well as a short analysis of their strengths and weaknesses;
-
a reference to initiatives of international organizations providing globally relevant sustainable development indicators and a discussion of their applicability in a provincial level project; and,
-
a discussion of a coherent framework and methodology to develop indicators for provincial level sustainable development reporting and suggestions for the application of indicators.
A Model International Investment Agreement for the Promotion of Sustainable Development- Year: 2004
- Author: Konrad von Moltke
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
The current model for international investment agreements (including many failed attempts, such as the OECD’s MAI) is too narrowly focussed on investor rights. This paper asks what an investment agreement would look like if its goal from the outset were to achieve sustainable development. The result is a novel mix of rights and obligations for investors, host states and home states.
More costly than we think- Year: 2003
- Author: Henry David Venema, Stephan Barg
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
This opinion piece first appeared in The Toronto Star (August 11, 2003). A recent study conducted by the International Institute for Sustainable Development quantifies the health impacts, air quality and climate change externalities associated with thermal power generation across Eastern Canada, which amounts to $1.8 billion a year. However, the price we pay for electricity produced from coal, does not reflect its full cost.
Moving the Frontier - The Story of the Sarhad Provincial Conservation Strategy- Year: 2003
- Author: Mark Halle
- Format: Book
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 64
- ISBN: 1-895536-70-7
Moving the Frontier tells the compelling story of the Sarhad Provincial Conservation Strategy (SPCS). Launched in 1991, the strategy was the first key, on-the-ground test of the Pakistan National Conservation Strategy. This volume captures the history of the SPCS and examines how well its environmental approach stood up to the realities of the day. It is a story of challenges and successes; expectations and personalities. And ultimately, it's a story of lessons learned.
Multi-Purpose Flood Protection: A rural-urban win-win- Year: 2009
- Author: Venema
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
Henry David Venema, IISD's Director of Sustainable Natural Resources Management and Water Innovation Centre looks at what lessons Manitoba's 2009 Red River flood offers and discusses how building resilience to future floods requires that we make a deliberate effort to learn from history and experience.
"We need to prepare for more years like 2009. With the operational limitations of the Floodway now better understood, we need agricultural water management options that provide rural as well as urban benefits. This is where the next increment of flood protection must come."
Multi-stakeholder Collaboration for a Sustainable Coffee Sector: Meeting the Challenge of U.S. Anti-trust Law- Year: 2004
- Author: Jason Potts
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD, UNCTAD
- Number of pages: 23
As stakeholders advance on the path towards enhanced cooperation for the promotion of sustainability in the coffee sector, a clear understanding of the competition policy issues will be critical to ensuring that any resulting strategies are as implementable and effective as possible given the policy context in the major consuming regions of the world. It is the purpose of this paper to provide such an analysis as background for current multi-stakeholder discussions within the coffee sector.
This paper was published as part of the Sustainable Commodity Initiative, is a joint venture of the United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD) and the International Institute for Sustainable Development (IISD). The purpose of the initiative is to provide generic policy, research and infra-structural support towards the development and promotion of transparent, multi-stakeholder, market-based sustainability initiatives in commodities trade and production.
NAFTA's Chapter 11 and the Environment: Addressing the Impacts of the Investor-State Process on the Environment- Year: 1999
- Author: Konrad von Moltke, Howard Mann
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 84
Investment by private sector companies into foreign countries, often referred to as foreign direct investment or FDI, emerged in the 1980s and 1990s as a major source of international development capital for developing countries. From 1988-1997, annual flows of FDI increased more than five-fold from OECD to non-OECD countries. Total foreign investment, including FDI and other market-based instruments such as bank lending and bond issues, now provides three times more investment capital than all forms of grants, Official Development Assistance and other non-market-based forms of support. Between one third and one half of all private investment in developing countries now comes from FDI. With vast amounts of capital needed to replace environmentally unsustainable industries and infrastructures with sustainable ones, it is clear that FDI is critical to achieving sustainability.
NAFTA's Chapter 11 and the Environment: Addressing the Impacts of the Investor-State Process on the Environment - Executive Summary- Year: 1999
- Author: IISD
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 8
Foreign direct investment, or FDI, is critical to achieving sustainable development in developing countries. In the last two decades it has eclipsed official development assistance. Between one-third and one-half of all private investment in developing countries now comes from FDI. These flows are needed to replace unsustainable industries and infrastructures with sustainable ones. They may also
bring spin-off benefits: investing firms may build up technological and management capacity in the host states, increasing their ability to sustainably manage their natural resources.
NAFTA’s Chapter 11 and the Environment: A Briefing Paper for the CEC’s Joint Public Advisory Committee- Year: 2002
- Author: Aaron Cosbey
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 15
This paper, commissioned by the Joint Public Advisory Committee of the Commission for Environmental Cooperation, surveys the problems identified to date with NAFTA’s Chapter 11, both in terms of provisions and process. It also looks critically at the possible solutions.
NAFTA’s Chapter 11 and the Environment: A Discussion Paper for the CEC’s Public Workshop on NAFTA’s Chapter 11- Year: 2003
- Author: Aaron Cosbey
- Format: Paper
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
- Number of pages: 21
This paper, commissioned by the Joint Public Advisory Committee of the Commission for Environmental Cooperation’s Chapter 11 session (Mexico City, March 24, 2003), surveys the problems identified to date with NAFTA’s Chapter 11, both in terms of provisions and process. It also looks critically at the possible solutions.
NAFTA Need Fixing? It Sure Does! Prime Minister Martin market tests amending NAFTA before top US media executives- Year: 2004
- Author: Howard Mann
- Format: Commentary
- Publisher: IISD
- Copyright: IISD
On July 7, 2004, Prime Minister Paul Martin called for serious amendments to the North American Free Trade Agreement while speaking before an audience of prominent US media executives in Sun Valley, Idaho. In his speech, the Prime Minister suggested a reformed NAFTA has the potential to be a powerful steward of the North American economy and environment. NAFTA is over ten years old now and, according to Howard Mann, Senior International Law Advisor to the International Institu